diff --git a/_assets/css/extra.css b/_assets/css/extra.css index a0948f88..d6e2ee13 100644 --- a/_assets/css/extra.css +++ b/_assets/css/extra.css @@ -1,13 +1,23 @@ [data-md-color-primary="indigo"] { --md-primary-fg-color: #0b7781; --md-primary-fg-color--light: #B3D9D9; - --md-primary-fg-color--dark: #025B5B; + --md-primary-fg-color--dark: #0e9090; + --md-accent-fg-color: #063b87; } -[data-md-color-accent="indigo"] { - --md-accent-fg-color: #025B5B; +[data-md-color-scheme="slate"] { + --md-primary-fg-color: #0b7781; + --md-primary-fg-color--light: #B3D9D9; + --md-primary-fg-color--dark: #0e9090; + --md-accent-fg-color: #B3D9D9; +} + +[data-md-color-scheme="slate"][data-md-color-primary="indigo"] { + --md-typeset-a-color: #0b7781; } + + /* a.md-nav__link[href*="/ru/"] { display: none; } */ diff --git a/en/_includes/abbreviations/index.html b/_includes/en/abbreviations/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/abbreviations/index.html rename to _includes/en/abbreviations/index.html index 3e98b442..07339233 100644 --- a/en/_includes/abbreviations/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/abbreviations/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
  • - + @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
  • - + @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
  • - + @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
  • - + @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
  • - + @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
  • - + @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
  • - + @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
  • - + @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
  • - + @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
  • - + @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ - + @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ - + @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ - + @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ - + @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ - + @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ - + @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ - + @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html b/_includes/en/cheatsheet/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html rename to _includes/en/cheatsheet/index.html index 6bc3e6b9..e9380a4c 100644 --- a/en/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/cheatsheet/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html b/_includes/en/omegat-autotext/index.html similarity index 97% rename from en/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html rename to _includes/en/omegat-autotext/index.html index 8b8e1a5b..2a1a9689 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omegat-autotext/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
  • - + @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
  • - + @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
  • - + @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
  • - + @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
  • - + @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
  • - + @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
  • - + @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
  • - + @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
  • - + @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
  • - + @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ - + @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ - + @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ - + @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ - + @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ - + @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ - + @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ - + @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-alt-trans/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-alt-trans/index.html index ffba6bc3..490bbfcc 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-alt-trans/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,13 +1852,13 @@
  • Right click on the segment

  • Choose Create Alternative Translation from the contextual menu -

    +

  • Change the translation of your active segment and then either press Ctrl+S or move to the next one.

    • -

    +

    If you return on the repeated segment, you will see the different translations appear in the Multiple Translations pane.

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-autoprop/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-autoprop/index.html index bcb4cb11..4b23eda1 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-autoprop/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
  • - + @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
  • - + @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
  • - + @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
  • - + @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
  • - + @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
  • - + @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
  • - + @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
  • - + @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
  • - + @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
  • - + @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ - + @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ - + @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ - + @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ - + @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ - + @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ - + @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ - + @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ - + @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@

    Omt autoprop

    If you edit the translation of a repeated segment, by default, the changes will be automatically reflected in all the repetitions. This happens in the same file, but also in all the files of the OmegaT package.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-chara/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-chara/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-chara/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-chara/index.html index c7b946df..bf8b46c2 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-chara/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-chara/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1860,13 +1860,13 @@

    Character tableCtrl+Space on your keyboard several times until you reach the Character Table. -

    • +
  • Double-click the character you want to insert.

    • Autotext

    -

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    +

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    Let's see some examples:

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-conc/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-conc/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/omt-conc/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-conc/index.html index c56f92e9..695f0f3d 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-conc/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-conc/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@

    Omt conc

  • Press the Search button in the Search window that will open.

    • The list results will be displayed. You can copy (select with mouse and press Ctrl+C on your keyboard) what you need from the results and paste it in the right place in the translation.

    -

    +

    Note

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-edit-nav/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-edit-nav/index.html index c6066179..5cd1edd5 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-edit-nav/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1857,12 +1857,13 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • -

    +

    See all panes below:

    +

    If the project contains multiple files, they are listed in the Project Files window. You can open this window by pressing Ctrl+L. The file currently open is highlighted in blue.

    -

    +

    If you want to open a different file in the Editor pane, click on it in the Project Files window. You can also see the name of the file that is open in the Editor pane's title bar.

    The following video shows navigation through files:

    @@ -1874,7 +1875,7 @@
    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-other/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-other/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-other/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-other/index.html index 52f1519b..0e3b6ced 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-other/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-other/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@

    Inserting source segment in target

    In some cases, the translation must be identical to the source text. To copy the source text in the translation, press Ctrl+Shift+S on your keyboard.

    -

    +

    Of course, you may also copy-paste the source text in the translation if you prefer.

    @@ -1870,13 +1870,13 @@

    Character tableCtrl+Space on your keyboard several times until you reach the Character Table. -

    • +
  • Double-click the character you want to insert.

    • Autotext

    -

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    +

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    Let's see some examples:

    @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@

    Running concordance searchesCtrl+C on your keyboard) what you need from the results and paste it in the right place in the translation.

    -

    +

    Note

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-pack/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-pack/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-pack/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-pack/index.html index d0a8be9b..0fb6c979 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-pack/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-pack/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@

    Offline project (via package) +

  • @@ -1870,12 +1870,12 @@

    Offline project (via package)

    +

    • The folder where exported package is stored will open automatically in your file explorer.

    You will recognize the package because it has the extension .omt. That's the file you have to deliver.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-qa-comp/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-qa-comp/index.html index 99c69370..2a20bd0d 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-qa-comp/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

    Omt qa comp

    Completion check

    All segments in the project must have a translation. To confirm that is the case, please check for completion before your delivery.

    To check completion, hover with your mouse pointer over the progress status bar, in the bottom right corner of OmegaT's main window.

    -

    +

    That bar shows some statistics:

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-qa-glos/index.html similarity index 94% rename from en/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-qa-glos/index.html index 3d6c735b..e75b2279 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-qa-glos/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,29 +1852,31 @@

    Omt qa glos

    You can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    -

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-qa-tags/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-qa-tags/index.html index 93bd7027..34ce4ce0 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-qa-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1858,14 +1858,14 @@

    Omt qa tags

    Tip

    You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first.

    -

    +

  • Press OK.

  • An error report will open.

    -

    +

  • Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-qa/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-qa/index.html similarity index 94% rename from en/_includes/omt-qa/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-qa/index.html index 11230482..d43b5dbf 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-qa/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-qa/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

    Completion check

    All segments in the project must have a translation. To confirm that is the case, please check for completion before your delivery.

    To check completion, hover with your mouse pointer over the progress status bar, in the bottom right corner of OmegaT's main window.

    -

    +

    That bar shows some statistics:

    @@ -1886,14 +1886,14 @@

    Check and fix tagsTip

    You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first.

    -

    +

  • Press OK.

  • An error report will open.

    -

    +

  • Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

    @@ -1919,29 +1919,31 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    -

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-rec-match/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-rec-match/index.html index e80e0cb4..59866629 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-rec-match/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@

    Reconciling using matches

    During the reconciliation task, the translations from translator 1 and translator 2 are handled as matches and are displayed in the Matches pane.

    -

    +

    A reconciler's task in practice consists of one of these three options:

    • Inserting one of the two matches (and then modify it if needed), OR
      • @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@
    • Translating the segment from scratch if none of the two matches is suitable.

    By default, the match from translator 1 is activated. It is the first one in the list and it is bolded. If you want to use the match from translator 2, double click on it to activate that one instead (the activated match will become bolded).

    -

    +

    To insert the active match in full, press Ctrl+I on your keyboard. After inserting it, make any necessary changes so that it fits the segment you are reconciling.

    @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@
  • Press Ctrl+I on your keyboard to insert it
  • Select (part of) another match if appropriate or type the rest of the translation
    • -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-rec-other/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-rec-other/index.html index 5617326d..78661d1e 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-rec-other/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@

    Inserting source segment in target

    In some cases, the translation must be identical to the source text. To copy the source text in the translation, press Ctrl+Shift+S on your keyboard.

    -

    +

    Of course, you may also copy-paste the source text in the translation if you prefer.

    @@ -1870,13 +1870,13 @@

    Character tableCtrl+Space on your keyboard several times until you reach the Character Table. -

    • +

  • Double-click the character you want to insert.

    • Autotext

    -

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    +

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    Let's see some examples:

    @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@

    Inserting non-breaking spaces

    +

    Running concordance searches

    A concordance search allows you to find words and expressions in the translation memory and the glossary.

    @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@

    Running concordance searchesCtrl+C on your keyboard) what you need from the results and paste it in the right place in the translation.

    -

    +

    Note

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-rec-tags/index.html similarity index 94% rename from en/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-rec-tags/index.html index 9f581a37..e04dbfbb 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-rec-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1864,23 +1864,24 @@

    What are tags
    -

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    +

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    Types of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    -

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • +
    • +

      Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

      +

      +

      + +

      +
    -

    - - - -

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the paired tags you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    Info

    @@ -1924,7 +1925,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.
  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the standalone tag you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.

    The following video shows how to handle tags, enjoy :

    @@ -1949,10 +1950,10 @@

    Fixing tag issuesDeleting tags

    If you have inserted a tag incorrectly and need to insert it again, double click on the tag to select it in full and press Backspace or Del on your keyboard to delete it first.

    -

    +

    Moving tags

    If you have inserted a tag in the wrong position and need to insert it somewhere else, you can simply drag and drop it. Alternatively, you can also delete it and insert it again.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-reps/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-reps/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-reps/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-reps/index.html index 605844e0..8969c22d 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-reps/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-reps/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@

    Identifying repeated segments "navigation through panes" --> -

    +

    @@ -1863,10 +1863,10 @@

    Identifying repeated segments

    +

    Autopropagation

    When you edit the translation of a repeated segment, as soon as the edit is saved the changes will be automatically reflected in all the repetitions in the project.

    -

    +

    Creating alternative translation

    In some cases, two instances of a repeated segment might need to be translated differently in different contexts. In that situation, you may want to modify the translation of only one of the repetitions without altering the rest.

    In other words, you must create an alternative translation to prevent auto-propagating your update.

    @@ -1878,13 +1878,12 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary: -

    +

    @@ -1905,11 +1904,11 @@

    Creating alternative translationIdentifying alternative translations

    Here's how you can recognize whether a segment has an alternative translation.

    On the one hand, if a segment has an alternative translation, the Segment properties pane will show a property called Is alternative with value true. That field will flash in orange when you active the segment or when you save the project while that segment is active.

    -

    +

    On the other hand, you will notice that the Multiple translations pane shows that translation and the context properties that the alternative translation binds too (typically the file name and some identifier, e.g. the segment ID or a key).

    -

    +

    Finally, and most eloquent, you can see that the segment has an alternative translation if the Create Alternative Translation item in the segment's contextual menu (or the Edit menu) is grayed out and cannot be selected.

    -

    +

    Restoring the default translation

    If for some reason an existing alternative translation is unnecessary and you would like to restore auto-propagation into that segment, the simplest way is to just delete the alternative translation. To do that, follow these simple steps:

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-tag-iss/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-tag-iss/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/omt-tag-iss/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-tag-iss/index.html index 60940da8..d0ba2a90 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-tag-iss/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-tag-iss/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1866,10 +1866,10 @@

    Omt tag iss

    Deleting tags

    If you have inserted a tag incorrectly and need to insert it again, double click on the tag to select it in full and press Backspace or Del on your keyboard to delete it first.

    -

    +

    Moving tags

    If you have inserted a tag in the wrong position and need to insert it somewhere else, you can simply drag and drop it. Alternatively, you can also delete it and insert it again.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-tag-recog/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-tag-recog/index.html similarity index 93% rename from en/_includes/omt-tag-recog/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-tag-recog/index.html index 84144fe2..4aa50b9f 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-tag-recog/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-tag-recog/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,17 +1851,18 @@

    Omt tag recog

    Types of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • +
    • +

      Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

      +

      +

      + +

      +
    -

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    -

    - - - -

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-tags-com/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-tags-com/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-tags-com/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-tags-com/index.html index 6ac08b47..c7cffe24 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-tags-com/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-tags-com/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@

    Omt tags com

    Below you will find the most common HTML tags you may encounter.

    -

    • +

    • diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-targets/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-targets/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-targets/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-targets/index.html index f937f2ad..7729658e 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-targets/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-targets/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@

    Creating the target file

    Press Ctrl+Shift+D to create the target file you were working on. This will allow you to preview the translated file with your changes.

    To access the file, go to Project>Access Project Contents > Target Files. A window with the contents of the "target" folder will open. Find the file you were working on, if there are several files and preview it to read the translation in context.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-tra-tags/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-tra-tags/index.html similarity index 93% rename from en/_includes/omt-tra-tags/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-tra-tags/index.html index 1cb445fb..25181066 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-tra-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-tra-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1864,23 +1864,24 @@

    What are tags
    -

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    +

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    Types of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • +
    • +

      Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

      +

      +

      + +

      +
    -

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    -

    - - - -

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the paired tags you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    Info

    @@ -1924,7 +1925,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.
  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the standalone tag you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.

    The following video shows how to handle tags, enjoy :

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html similarity index 94% rename from en/_includes/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html index 1a98dd4d..72a17491 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-unpack-and-recent/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@

    Tip

    -

    Please give some thought to the organization of your files and folders before you proceed with the steps below. We provide some tips here.

    +

    Please give some thought to the organization of your files and folders before you proceed with the steps below. We provide some tips here.

    @@ -1899,23 +1899,25 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

    +

  • Navigate to the location where you stored the OMT package. Select the OMT package and click on Open:

    -

    +

  • A pop up opens. Click Yes.

    -

    +

    +
    • +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    @@ -1943,8 +1945,8 @@

    How to download the pro

  • -

    Copy the URL of the project repository to your clipboard (select it and press Ctrl+C or right-click it and select Copy).

    -

    +

    Copy the URL of the project repository to your clipboard (select it and press Ctrl+C or right-click it and select Copy).

    +

  • In OmegaT, go to Project > Download Team Project. @@ -1966,7 +1968,7 @@

    How to download the pro

    See the three steps above in the following animation:

    -

    +

  • You might want to modify that path to create the folder in the location that you have defined in the first step above. For example:

    @@ -1975,7 +1977,7 @@

    How to download the pro
  • Modify that path so that it points ot the actual location you prefer, e.g. if you follow our recommendation above, that would be C:\Users\USER\Work\repo-name.

    • For example:

    -

    +

    Caution

    @@ -1997,7 +1999,7 @@

    Closing the projectRe-opening an existing project

    After you have received and opened a project for the first time, the project exists in your machine and OmegaT will remember it.

    The next times you want to access the project in OmegaT, go to Project > Open Recent Project. The project you were working on will appear in the list:

    -

    +

    Note

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html b/_includes/en/omt-ver-tags/index.html similarity index 94% rename from en/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt-ver-tags/index.html index 5ecac254..cd035ed4 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt-ver-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1864,23 +1864,24 @@

    What are tags
    -

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    +

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    Types of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    -

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • +
    • +

      Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

      +

      +

      + +

      +
    -

    - - - -

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the paired tags you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    Info

    @@ -1924,7 +1925,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the standalone tag you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.

    The following video shows how to handle tags, enjoy :

    @@ -1949,10 +1950,10 @@

    Fixing tag issuesDeleting tags

    If you have inserted a tag incorrectly and need to insert it again, double click on the tag to select it in full and press Backspace or Del on your keyboard to delete it first.

    -

    +

    Moving tags

    If you have inserted a tag in the wrong position and need to insert it somewhere else, you can simply drag and drop it. Alternatively, you can also delete it and insert it again.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html b/_includes/en/omt61-inst-setup/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html rename to _includes/en/omt61-inst-setup/index.html index 1bf34127..f75b9114 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/omt61-inst-setup/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html b/_includes/en/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html rename to _includes/en/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html index 91651bde..25c15fa6 100644 --- a/en/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/preview/index.html b/_includes/en/preview/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/preview/index.html rename to _includes/en/preview/index.html index 27c69b8d..373653a5 100644 --- a/en/_includes/preview/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/preview/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + diff --git a/en/_includes/user-id/index.html b/_includes/en/user-id/index.html similarity index 96% rename from en/_includes/user-id/index.html rename to _includes/en/user-id/index.html index c7023054..e3c06420 100644 --- a/en/_includes/user-id/index.html +++ b/_includes/en/user-id/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
  • - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
  • - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
  • - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
  • - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
  • - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
  • - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
  • - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
  • - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
  • - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
  • - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@

    User id

    The Name/ID box might already contain your username. If that's the case, it's fine like that. Otherwise, if the box is empty or ther's some detail that doesn't identify you (e.g. USER), please enter your name or a nickname that identifies you more or less uniquely and that we can associate with you.

    If you have been asked to use "VER" in a specific project and you only work as a verifier, you can append your name or initials to that (e.g. VER_msoutopico, VER_manuel, etc).

    Then press OK.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/en/_includes/links.txt b/_includes/links.txt similarity index 100% rename from en/_includes/links.txt rename to _includes/links.txt diff --git a/ru/_includes/abbreviations/index.html b/_includes/ru/abbreviations/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/abbreviations/index.html rename to _includes/ru/abbreviations/index.html index ea4d2e7d..e0e323f3 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/abbreviations/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/abbreviations/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
  • - + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
  • - + @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
  • - + @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
  • - + @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
  • - + @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
  • - + @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
  • - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
  • - + @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ - + @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ - + @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ - + @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ - + @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ - + @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ - + @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ - + @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ - + diff --git a/ru/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html b/_includes/ru/cheatsheet/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html rename to _includes/ru/cheatsheet/index.html index c560b99a..315b08ab 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/cheatsheet/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/cheatsheet/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + diff --git a/ru/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html b/_includes/ru/omegat-autotext/index.html similarity index 97% rename from ru/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omegat-autotext/index.html index d9206d5a..5ecb4618 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omegat-autotext/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omegat-autotext/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
  • - + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
  • - + @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
  • - + @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
  • - + @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
  • - + @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
  • - + @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
  • - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
  • - + @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ - + @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ - + @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ - + @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ - + @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ - + @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ - + @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ - + @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ - + diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-alt-trans/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-alt-trans/index.html index 716924a6..93332ea4 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-alt-trans/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-alt-trans/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,13 +1852,13 @@
  • Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на сегменте.

  • Выберите пункт контекстного меню Create Alternative Translation (Создать вариант перевода). -

    +

  • Измените перевод активного сегмента, а затем либо нажмите Ctrl+S, либо перейдите к следующему сегменту.

    • -

    +

    Если вы вернетесь к повторному сегменту, то увидите, что различные переводы отображаются на панели Multiple Translations (Варианты перевода).

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-autoprop/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-autoprop/index.html index 79207d3e..f2611891 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-autoprop/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-autoprop/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
  • - + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
  • - + @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
  • - + @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
  • - + @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
  • - + @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
  • - + @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
  • - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
  • - + @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ - + @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ - + @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ - + @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ - + @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ - + @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ - + @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ - + @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ - + @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@

    Omt autoprop

    Если вы редактируете перевод повторяющегося сегмента, по умолчанию изменения будут автоматически отражены во всех повторах. Повторяющийся сегмент — это сегмент, имеющий идентичный текст оригинала либо в текущем файле, либо в любом другом файле в проекте OmegaT.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-chara/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-chara/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-chara/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-chara/index.html index ba1d2322..dcf1418a 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-chara/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-chara/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1860,13 +1860,12 @@

    Таблица символовМы поместили наиболее часто используемые символы в таблицу символов (Character Table). Для вставки специального символа из таблицы символов (Character Table) выполните следующие действия:

    • Нажмите на клавиатуре ++ctrl+пробел++ несколько раз, пока не появится блок Character Table (Таблица символов). -
      • +
    • Дважды щелкните по символу, который требуется вставить. - -
      • +

    Автотекст

    -

    Кроме того, можно использовать записи автотекста для вставки специальных символов, вводя установленные сокращения. Список доступных сокращений приводится здесь.

    +

    Кроме того, можно использовать записи автотекста для вставки специальных символов, вводя установленные сокращения. Список доступных сокращений приводится здесь.

    Рассмотрим несколько примеров:

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-conc/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-conc/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-conc/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-conc/index.html index f203485d..76f0864e 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-conc/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-conc/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@

    Omt conc

  • Нажмите кнопку Search (Поиск) в открывшемся окне Search (Поиск текста).

    • В окне появится список результатов. Вы можете скопировать (выделить мышью и нажать на клавиатуре Ctrl+C) требуемый фрагмент текста в показанных результатах и вставить в нужное место в переводе.

    -

    +

    Примечание

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-edit-nav/index.html similarity index 80% rename from ru/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-edit-nav/index.html index 50542986..2367e2e2 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-edit-nav/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-edit-nav/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1849,78 +1849,78 @@

    Навигация

    - -

    When you open OmegaT you will notice the screen is split in several panes:

    +

    Навигация между областями программы

    +

    Открыв OmegaT, вы заметите, что главный экран разделен на несколько областей:

      -
    • The Editor pane is the main pane in which you will be working.
      • -
    • Translation suggestions will appear in the Fuzzy Matches pane (or just Matches pane).
      • -
    • The Glossary pane will display the existing glossary entries and the ones you may add.
      • -
    • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
      • +
    • Editor (Область редактирования) — это основная область, в которой вы будете работать.
      • +
    • Перевод похожих сегментов будет отображаться в области Fuzzy Matches (Нечеткие совпадения) (в более поздних версиях эта область называется Matches в английском интерфейсе программы).
      • +
    • В области Glossary (Глоссарий) будут отображаться ранее добавленные и ваши собственные записи глоссария.
      • +
    • В области Multiple Translations (Варианты перевода) будет появляться текст, если текущий сегмент имеет альтернативные переводы.
    -

    +

    - -

    If the project contains multiple files, they are listed in the Project Files window. You can open this window by pressing Ctrl+L. The file currently open is highlighted in blue.

    -

    -

    If you want to open a different file in the Editor pane, click on it in the Project Files window. You can also see the name of the file that is open in the Editor pane's title bar.

    -

    The following video shows navigation through files:

    +

    Навигация по файлам

    +

    Список файлов для перевода доступен в диалоговом окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Вы можете открыть это окно, нажав Ctrl+L. Файл, открытый в настоящий момент в области редактирования, выделен синим цветом.

    +

    +

    Если вы хотите открыть другой файл в области редактирования, щелкните на соответствующем пункте списка в окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Имя открытого файла показано также в заголовке ****области редактирования.

    +

    В следующем видео показана навигация по файлам:

    - -

    In the editor pane, the active segment is highlighted in green. This is the segment you are working on. When you type or insert a translation, it will appear right below the source text.

    -

    Press Enter on your keyboard to go to the next segment. You can also use Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment. -A segment can also be activated by double clicking on it, it then becomes green.

    -

    -

    In OmegaT, the color of the segment's background will help you find your way around between the different segments:

    +

    Навигация по сегментам

    +

    В области редактирования активный сегмент выделен зеленым цветом. Это тот сегмент, над которым вы сейчас работаете. Когда вы вводите или вставляете перевод, он будет добавляться прямо под исходным текстом.

    +

    Нажмите Enter на клавиатуре, чтобы перейти к следующему сегменту. Кроме того, можно использовать Ctrl+U для перехода к следующему непереведенному сегменту. +Сегмент можно также активировать двойным щелчком — после этого он становится зеленым.

    +

    +

    В OmegaT цвет фона сегмента помогает ориентироваться между различными сегментами:

    - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + +
    ColorLanguageMeaningЦветЯзыкЗначение
    GreenSourceactive segment (the segment you are working on)ЗеленыйОригиналактивный сегмент (сегмент, над которым вы работаете)
    BlueSourceuntranslated segmentСинийОригиналнепереведенный сегмент
    GreySourcemanually translated segmentСерыйОригиналсегмент переведен вручную
    PinkTargetpretranslated segmentРозовыйПереводсегмент переведен автоматически из памяти переводов
    OrangeTargetpretranslated and locked segment (e.g. trend)ОранжевыйПереводпредварительно переведенный и заблокированный сегмент (например, тренд)
    -

    +

    -
    -

    Caution

    -

    If you want to change a trend translation, document it in the monitoring form but do not try to change it in OmegaT. Any changes you make to these segments will not be saved. The existing translation will be maintained.

    +
    +

    Предупреждение

    +

    Если вы хотите изменить заблокированный сегмент, задокументируйте желаемое изменение в форме для мониторинга, но не пытайтесь изменить перевод в OmegaT. Любые изменения, внесенные в такие сегменты, не сохранятся. Существующий перевод останется в текущем виде.

    -

    The following video shows navigation through segments, enjoy :

    +

    В следующем видео показана навигация по сегментам. Приятного просмотра .

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-edit/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-edit/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-edit/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-edit/index.html index 16fb65c8..02959339 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-edit/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-edit/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

    Рецензирование переводаДля рецензирования перевода необходимо поочередно перемещаться по сегментам.

    Read every translation, while comparing with the source text, considering the rest of the context and taking into account any specific instructions you may have received for your particular task.

    Press the Enter key to move to the next segment. The segment you jump to becomes active and ready for edits. This will also allow you to keep track of your progress.

    -

    +

    If you need to move backwards, you can press Ctrl+Enter.

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-empty/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-empty/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-empty/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-empty/index.html index cf57d6b6..fda98287 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-empty/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-empty/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-glos-add/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-glos-add/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/omt-glos-add/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-glos-add/index.html index 8f4bc59c..440748dc 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-glos-add/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-glos-add/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1857,15 +1857,17 @@

    Omt glos add

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    -

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    -

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. +
    2. +

      Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

      +

      +
      3. +
    3. +

      In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

      +

      +
      4. +
    4. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +

    • diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-glos-ins/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-glos-ins/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-glos-ins/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-glos-ins/index.html index 826beebe..431cf8e4 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-glos-ins/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-glos-ins/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,9 +1851,9 @@

    Omt glos ins

    Вставка терминов из глоссария

    When the active segment contains a source term that is in the glossary, it is underlined in blue in the source text. You will see the suggested target term in the Glossary pane, on the right.

    -

    +

    OmegaT has predictive typing: when you start typing the first character of the target term in the glossary, the auto-completer will suggest the term. To insert it, press Enter on your keyboard.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-glos/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-glos/index.html similarity index 93% rename from ru/_includes/omt-glos/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-glos/index.html index 4e86f648..01dc5565 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-glos/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-glos/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1855,32 +1855,34 @@ -

    Inserting terms from the glossary

    +

    Вставка терминов из глоссария

    When the active segment contains a source term that is in the glossary, it is underlined in blue in the source text. You will see the suggested target term in the Glossary pane, on the right.

    -

    +

    OmegaT has predictive typing: when you start typing the first character of the target term in the glossary, the auto-completer will suggest the term. To insert it, press Enter on your keyboard.

    -

    +

    -

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    +

    Добавление новых записей в глоссарий

    -
    -

    Tip

    -
    +
    +

    Совет

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    -

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    -

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. +
    2. +

      Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

      +

      +
      3. +
    3. +

      In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

      +

      +
      4. +
    4. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-html-tag/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-html-tag/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-html-tag/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-html-tag/index.html index ca4ad788..609666d3 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-html-tag/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-html-tag/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
  • - + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
  • - + @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
  • - + @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
  • - + @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
  • - + @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
  • - + @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
  • - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
  • - + @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ - + @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ - + @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ - + @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ - + @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ - + @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ - + @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ - + @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ - + @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@

    Omt html tag

    Ниже приводятся самые распространенные теги HTML, с которыми вы можете столкнуться.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-id-repeateds/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-id-repeateds/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-id-repeateds/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-id-repeateds/index.html index 4a05e309..cac3e31e 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-id-repeateds/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-id-repeateds/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
  • - + @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
  • - + @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
  • - + @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
  • - + @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
  • - + @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
  • - + @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
  • - + @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
  • - + @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ - + @@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ - + @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ - + @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ - + @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ - + @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ - + @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ - + @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ - + @@ -1845,9 +1845,9 @@

    Omt id repeateds

    Повторяемый сегмент можно отличить от других по использованному в нем серому цвету шрифта. При активации повторяемого сегмента в блоке, показывающем номер сегмента, будет указано, сколько повторений имеет данный сегмент.

    -

    +

    Если щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши на повторяющемся сегменте, в контекстном меню будут указано, какие сегменты являются повторами текущего сегмента. Иногда бывает полезно перейти к ним (выбрав нужный номер из контекстного меню), чтобы увидеть различные контексты, в которых используется повторяющийся сегмент.

    -

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-ins-src/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-ins-src/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-ins-src/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-ins-src/index.html index ed9fb3a3..1bf00afa 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-ins-src/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-ins-src/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@

    Omt ins src

    Вставка текста оригинала в перевод

    В некоторых случаях перевод должен быть идентичен исходному тексту. Чтобы скопировать оригинальный текст в перевод, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+S.

    -

    +

    Конечно, при желании исходный текст можно копировать и вставлять в перевод.

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html similarity index 90% rename from ru/_includes/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html index ac3e62f1..01051f65 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-inst-verif-macos/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1855,42 +1855,44 @@

    Конфигурация

    Этот раздел предназначен для пользователей, на компьютере которых уже установленна предыдущая версия OmegaT (например, 5.7.1 или 4.2.0). Для обновления конфигурации программы выполните шаги, приведенные ниже.

      -
    1. Запустите OmegaT и перейдите в меню Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты), чтобы открыть консоль скриптов. В OmegaT 5.7.1 откройте консоль скриптов. Проверьте, есть ли у вас скрипт под названием Update Customisation Bundle (v572):
      2. -
    -

    !!! Предупреждение - Если в названии нет фрагмента v572, то это не тот скрипт, который нам нужен. В следующем шаге описано, где взять этот скрипт.

    -

    +
  • +

    Запустите OmegaT и перейдите в меню Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты), чтобы открыть консоль скриптов. В OmegaT 5.7.1 откройте консоль скриптов. Проверьте, есть ли у вас скрипт под названием Update Customisation Bundle (v572):

    +
    +

    Предупреждение

    +
    +

    Если в названии нет фрагмента v572, то это не тот скрипт, который нам нужен. В следующем шаге описано, где взять этот скрипт.

    +

    Если скрипт Update Customisation Bundle (v572) есть в списке, выберете его щелчком мыши и нажмите кнопку Run (Выполнить) в левом нижнем углу окна для запуска скрипта. Скрипт выполнит обновление файлов конфигурации и завершит работу OmegaT. Далее пропустите следующий шаг и перейдите непосредственно к разделу установки.

    Если скрипт отсутствует в списке, вы можете скачать его самостоятельно. В дальнейших шагах описано, как это сделать.

    -
      -
    1. Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на кнопку ниже и выберите «Сохранить как», чтобы загрузить скрипт конфигурации (например, на рабочий стол)7
      2. -
    -

    📥 Скачать UpdateConfigBundle.groovy

    -
      -
    1. -

      В главном окне OmegaT выполните следующие действия для запуска скаченного скрипта конфигурации:

    2. -

      Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты) > File (Файл) > Open script (Открыть скрипт).

      +

      Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на кнопку ниже и выберите «Сохранить как», чтобы загрузить скрипт конфигурации (например, на рабочий стол)7

      +

      📥 Скачать UpdateConfigBundle.groovy

      3. +
    3. +

      В главном окне OmegaT выполните следующие действия для запуска скаченного скрипта конфигурации:

      +
        +
      • Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты) > File (Файл) > Open script (Открыть скрипт).
      • Перейдите на рабочий стол (или в папку, в которой был сохранен скрипт) и выберите файл с расширением groovy.
      • Нажмите кнопку Open (Открыть), чтобы открыть файл скрипта, далее нажмите кнопку Run (Выполнить)в левом нижнем углу окна.
        • -
    -

    + +

    Скрипт установит необходимые файлы конфигурации для OmegaT 5.7.2 и удалит старые файлы для предыдущих версий, после чего завершит работу программы.

    -
      -
    1. Удалите текущую версию OmegaT.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Удалите текущую версию OmegaT.

    Для этого просто переместите установленное приложение OmegaT.app в Корзину.

    -
      -
    1. После этого переходите к разделу установки (следующий шаг).
      2. + +
    2. +

      После этого переходите к разделу установки (следующий шаг).

      +

    Установка

      -
    1. Нажмите на кнопку ниже, чтобы загрузить OmegaT 5.7.2. Это специальная версия, подготовленная компанией cApStAn. Она включает в себя несколько исправлений ошибок и улучшений, недоступных в других версиях.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Нажмите на кнопку ниже, чтобы загрузить OmegaT 5.7.2. Это специальная версия, подготовленная компанией cApStAn. Она включает в себя несколько исправлений ошибок и улучшений, недоступных в других версиях.

    📥 Скачать OmegaT 5.7.2

    -
      +

    1. Если вы используете Safari, то по окончании загрузки файл будет распакован автоматически. Если вы используете другой браузер, то для распаковки файла вам нужно дважды щелкнуть на нем по окончании загрузки.

      2. @@ -1914,13 +1916,15 @@

      Установка + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    2. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    3. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    4. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    5. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    6. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    7. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    8. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    9. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    10. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    11. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1860,31 +1860,31 @@

      Конфигурация

      Этот раздел предназначен для пользователей, на компьютере которых уже установленна предыдущая версия OmegaT (например, 5.7.1 или 4.2.0). Для обновления конфигурации программы выполните шаги, приведенные ниже.

        -
      1. Запустите OmegaT и перейдите в меню Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты), чтобы открыть консоль скриптов. В OmegaT 5.7.1 откройте консоль скриптов. Проверьте, есть ли у вас скрипт под названием Update Customisation Bundle (v572):
        2. -
      +
    12. +

      Запустите OmegaT и перейдите в меню Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты), чтобы открыть консоль скриптов. В OmegaT 5.7.1 откройте консоль скриптов. Проверьте, есть ли у вас скрипт под названием Update Customisation Bundle (v572):

      -

      !!! Предупреждение - Если в названии нет фрагмента v572, то это не тот скрипт, который нам нужен. В следующем шаге описано, где взять этот скрипт.

      -

      +
      +

      Предупреждение

      +

      Если в названии нет фрагмента v572, то это не тот скрипт, который нам нужен. В следующем шаге описано, где взять этот скрипт.

      +
      +

      Если скрипт Update Customisation Bundle (v572) есть в списке, выберете его щелчком мыши и нажмите кнопку Run (Выполнить) в левом нижнем углу окна для запуска скрипта. Скрипт выполнит обновление файлов конфигурации и завершит работу OmegaT. Далее пропустите следующий шаг и перейдите непосредственно к разделу установки.

      Если скрипт отсутствует в списке, вы можете скачать его самостоятельно. В дальнейших шагах описано, как это сделать.

      -
        -
      1. Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на кнопку ниже и выберите «Сохранить как», чтобы загрузить скрипт конфигурации (например, на рабочий стол)7
        2. -
      -

      Скачать UpdateConfigBundle.groovy

      -
        -
      1. -

        В главном окне OmegaT выполните следующие действия для запуска скаченного скрипта конфигурации:

      2. -

        Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты) > File (Файл) > Open script (Открыть скрипт).

        +

        Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на кнопку ниже и выберите «Сохранить как», чтобы загрузить скрипт конфигурации (например, на рабочий стол)7

        +

        Скачать UpdateConfigBundle.groovy

        3. +
      3. +

        В главном окне OmegaT выполните следующие действия для запуска скаченного скрипта конфигурации:

        +
          +
        • Tools (Инструменты) > Scripting (Скрипты) > File (Файл) > Open script (Открыть скрипт).
        • Перейдите на рабочий стол (или в папку, в которой был сохранен скрипт) и выберите файл с расширением groovy.
        • Нажмите кнопку Open (Открыть), чтобы открыть файл скрипта, далее нажмите кнопку Run (Выполнить)в левом нижнем углу окна.
          • -
      -

      + +

      Скрипт установит необходимые файлы конфигурации для OmegaT 5.7.2 и удалит старые файлы для предыдущих версий, после чего завершит работу программы.

      -
        +

      1. Удалите текущую версию OmegaT.

        2. @@ -1894,96 +1894,103 @@

        КонфигурацияУстановка

        -
        +

        Предупреждение

        -

        Для установки OmegaT необходим 64-разрядный компьютер. Если требуется установка на 32-разрядном компьютере, свяжитесь с нашей службой поддержки.

        +

        Для установки OmegaT необходим 64-разрядный компьютер.

          -
        1. Нажмите на кнопку ниже, чтобы загрузить OmegaT 5.7.2. Это специальная версия, подготовленная компанией cApStAn. Она включает в себя несколько исправлений ошибок и улучшений, недоступных в других версиях.
          2. -
        +
      2. +

        Нажмите на кнопку ниже, чтобы загрузить OmegaT 5.7.2. Это специальная версия, подготовленная компанией cApStAn. Она включает в себя несколько исправлений ошибок и улучшений, недоступных в других версиях.

        Загрузить OmegaT 5.7.2

        -

        ??? question "Проблемы с загрузкой?" - В некоторых браузерах (например, в Microsoft Edge) может появиться диалоговое окно с вопросом о безопасности загрузки установочного файла. Файл безопасен. Чтобы разрешить загрузку файла в браузере, вы можете выполнить действия, показанные в следующем видео.

        -

        -
          +
          +Проблемы с загрузкой? +

          В некоторых браузерах (например, в Microsoft Edge) может появиться диалоговое окно с вопросом о безопасности загрузки установочного файла. Файл безопасен. Чтобы разрешить загрузку файла в браузере, вы можете выполнить действия, показанные в следующем видео.

          +
          +

          +

        1. После завершения загрузки дважды щелкните установочный файл, чтобы запустить мастер установки.

        2. Windows Defender (Центр защиты Windows) может показать предупреждение о риске запуска неизвестного приложения.

          -
          3. -
        -

        +

        При появлении такого диалогового окна щелкните ссылку More info (Подробнее). В появившемся окне вы должны увидеть информацию о том, что издателем этой программы установки является cApStAn.

        -

        +

        Если это действительно так, нажмите кнопку Run anyway (Выполнить в любом случае) для продолжения установки.

        -
          -
        1. В следующем диалоговом окне можно выбрать язык установки. Далее нажмите OK:
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. Чтобы продолжить установку, примите лицензионное лицензионное соглашение GPL и нажмите Next (Далее):
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. В процессе установки будет предложено установить программу OmegaT в папку C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT. Такой выбор пути установки позволяет установить программу пользователям без административных прав.
          2. -
        -

        !!! Предупреждение - Не изменяйте путь установки, если вы не являетесь ИТ-специалистом и не знаете, что делаете.

        -

        -
          -
        1. На рабочем столе будет создан ярлык, благодаря которому впоследствии можно запускать OmegaT двойным щелчком. Оставьте эту опцию включенной.
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. Вы можете изменить название папки OmegaT в меню «Пуск», но предложенное название «OmegaT» вполне подходить, при стандартной установке его менять не нужно.
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. Теперь вы можете приступить к установке. Нажмите кнопку Next (Далее).
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. Установка должна завершиться через несколько минут.
          2. -
        -

        -
          -
        1. В следующем разделе вы узнаете, как после установки выполнить несколько проверок, чтобы убедиться, что все в порядке.
          2. + +
        2. +

          В следующем диалоговом окне можно выбрать язык установки. Далее нажмите OK:

          +

          +
          3. +
        3. +

          Чтобы продолжить установку, примите лицензионное лицензионное соглашение GPL и нажмите Next (Далее):

          +

          +
          4. +
        4. +

          В процессе установки будет предложено установить программу OmegaT в папку C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT. Такой выбор пути установки позволяет установить программу пользователям без административных прав.

          +
          +

          Предупреждение

          +
          +

          Не изменяйте путь установки, если вы не являетесь ИТ-специалистом и не знаете, что делаете.

          +

          +
          5. +
        5. +

          На рабочем столе будет создан ярлык, благодаря которому впоследствии можно запускать OmegaT двойным щелчком. Оставьте эту опцию включенной.

          +

          +
          6. +
        6. +

          Вы можете изменить название папки OmegaT в меню «Пуск», но предложенное название «OmegaT» вполне подходить, при стандартной установке его менять не нужно.

          +

          +
          7. +
        7. +

          Теперь вы можете приступить к установке. Нажмите кнопку Next (Далее).

          +

          +
          8. +
        8. +

          Установка должна завершиться через несколько минут.

          +

          +
          9. +
        9. +

          В следующем разделе вы узнаете, как после установки выполнить несколько проверок, чтобы убедиться, что все в порядке.

          +

        Все готово. Можно приступать к использованию OmegaT 5.7.2.

        Проверка надлежащей установки

        Описанные выше действия, как правило, приводят к успешной установке и запуску OmegaT, но на всякий случай бывает полезно проверить, все ли в порядке. Проверить можно следующее:

          -
        1. Версия OmegaT
          2. -
        +
      3. +

        Версия OmegaT

        Чтобы подтвердить, что у вас действительно установлена правильная версия, вы можете проверить информацию в меню Help (Справка) > About (О программе) > Copy Support Info (Копировать информацию для поддержки). Вы должны увидеть:

        -
           > Version: OmegaT-5.7.2_0_a978d82ee
-   > Platform: [ваша операционная система]
-   > Java: 11.0.19 amd64
+
        > Version: OmegaT-5.7.2_0_a978d82ee
+> Platform: [ваша операционная система]
+> Java: 11.0.19 amd64
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Версия пользовательской конфигурации
          2. 
-
        
+
        4. +
      4. +

        Версия пользовательской конфигурации

        Чтобы убедиться в том, что ваша пользовательская конфигурация актуальна, можно выбрать пункт меню Options (Параметры) > Access Configuration Folder (Открыть папку настроек) и найти в открывшейся папке файл под названием local_version_notes.txt.

        Если вы откроете этот файл, строка в начале файла, показывающая самое последнее обновление, должна совпадать с той, которую можно увидеть на странице https://cat.capstan.be/OmegaT/v572/.

        -
          -
        1. Пункты меню распаковки/упаковки OMT
          2. -
        +
        5. +
      5. +

        Пункты меню распаковки/упаковки OMT

        Даже если вы не используете пакеты OMT, у вас должно быть три пункта в меню Project (Проект) в OmegaT:

        -

        +

        - -
          -
        1. Скрипты и сочетания клавиш для запуска скриптов
          2. -
        + - Pack project as OMT file... + - Pack and delete project... --> +
        6. +
      6. +

        Скрипты и сочетания клавиш для запуска скриптов

        В меню Tools (Инструменты), под пунктом Scripting (Скрипты), вы должны увидеть перечень из 12 сочетаний клавиш для запуска скриптов.

        -

        -

        !!! Примечание - Время от времени перечень и сочетания могут обновляться, и если ваш список не совпадает со снимком экрана, не стоит волноваться.

        +

        +
        +

        Примечание

        +

        Время от времени перечень и сочетания могут обновляться, и если ваш список не совпадает со снимком экрана, не стоит волноваться.

        +

        Кроме того, если вы откроете окно со скриптами, то увидите весь список доступных скриптов в левой части окна.

        +
        7. +
      13. +
    13. +

      Parts that appear in the match are underlined

      + +

      +

      +
      14. - - -

      - -

      Also, the Matches pane shows a similarity score that tells you how different the new source text is from the source text of every match.

      When there are several matches for a segment, they are sorted by their similarity to the new segment. The active match is the one in bold (by default, the one at the top of the list). If you want to use a different match, double click on it to activate it.

      -

      +

      To insert the match in full, press Ctrl+I on your keyboard. After inserting it, do not forget to make any necessary changes so that it fits the segment you are translating.

      Alternatively, you can also insert only a part of the fuzzy match or combine several matches:

        @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@
      • Press Ctrl+I on your keyboard to insert it

      Do the same to insert (part of) other matches if appropriate or finish translating the segment.

      -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-mk-tgt/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-mk-tgt/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-mk-tgt/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-mk-tgt/index.html index 6a3c3a9f..39b05d2f 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-mk-tgt/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-mk-tgt/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    14. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    15. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    16. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    17. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    18. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    19. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    20. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    21. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    22. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    23. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

      If you need to use the target file directly, you must create it every time you update the translation in the editor.

      Press Ctrl+Shift+D (or go to Project > Create Current Translated Document) to create the target file you were working on.

      To access the file(s), go to Project > Access Project Contents > Target Files to open your file explorer in the /target folder of the project. The file you were working on should be there.

      -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-nav/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-nav/index.html similarity index 80% rename from ru/_includes/omt-nav/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-nav/index.html index 9417070b..40f7a37f 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-nav/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-nav/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    24. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    25. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    26. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    27. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    28. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    29. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    30. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    31. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    32. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    33. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1848,76 +1848,76 @@

      Навигация

      - -

      When you open OmegaT you will notice the screen is split in several panes:

      +

      Навигация между областями программы

      +

      Открыв OmegaT, вы заметите, что главный экран разделен на несколько областей:

        -
      • The Editor pane is the main pane in which you will be working.
        • -
      • Translation suggestions will appear in the Fuzzy Matches pane (or just Matches pane).
        • -
      • The Glossary pane will display the existing glossary entries and the ones you may add.
        • -
      • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
        • +
      • Editor (Область редактирования) — это основная область, в которой вы будете работать.
        • +
      • Перевод похожих сегментов будет отображаться в области Fuzzy Matches (Нечеткие совпадения) (в более поздних версиях эта область называется Matches в английском интерфейсе программы).
        • +
      • В области Glossary (Глоссарий) будут отображаться ранее добавленные и ваши собственные записи глоссария.
        • +
      • В области Multiple Translations (Варианты перевода) будет появляться текст, если текущий сегмент имеет альтернативные переводы.
      -

      +

      - -

      If the project contains multiple files, they are listed in the Project Files window. You can open this window by pressing Ctrl+L. The file currently open is highlighted in blue.

      -

      -

      If you want to open a different file in the Editor pane, click on it in the Project Files window. You can also see the name of the file that is open in the Editor pane's title bar.

      -

      The following video shows navigation through files:

      +

      Навигация по файлам

      +

      Список файлов для перевода доступен в диалоговом окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Вы можете открыть это окно, нажав Ctrl+L. Файл, открытый в настоящий момент в области редактирования, выделен синим цветом.

      +

      +

      Если вы хотите открыть другой файл в области редактирования, щелкните на соответствующем пункте списка в окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Имя открытого файла показано также в заголовке ****области редактирования.

      +

      В следующем видео показана навигация по файлам:

      - -

      In the editor pane, the active segment is highlighted in green. This is the segment you are working on. When you type or insert a translation, it will appear right below the source text.

      -

      Press Enter on your keyboard to go to the next segment. You can also use Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment. -A segment can also be activated by double clicking on it, it then becomes green.

      -

      -

      In OmegaT, the color of the segment's background will help you find your way around between the different segments:

      +

      Навигация по сегментам

      +

      В области редактирования активный сегмент выделен зеленым цветом. Это тот сегмент, над которым вы сейчас работаете. Когда вы вводите или вставляете перевод, он будет добавляться прямо под исходным текстом.

      +

      Нажмите Enter на клавиатуре, чтобы перейти к следующему сегменту. Кроме того, можно использовать Ctrl+U для перехода к следующему непереведенному сегменту. +Сегмент можно также активировать двойным щелчком — после этого он становится зеленым.

      +

      +

      В OmegaT цвет фона сегмента помогает ориентироваться между различными сегментами:

      - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + +
      ColorLanguageMeaningЦветЯзыкЗначение
      GreenSourceactive segment (the segment you are working on)ЗеленыйОригиналактивный сегмент (сегмент, над которым вы работаете)
      BlueSourceuntranslated segmentСинийОригиналнепереведенный сегмент
      GreySourcemanually translated segmentСерыйОригиналсегмент переведен вручную
      PinkTargetpretranslated segmentРозовыйПереводсегмент переведен автоматически из памяти переводов
      OrangeTargetpretranslated and locked segment (e.g. trend)ОранжевыйПереводпредварительно переведенный и заблокированный сегмент (например, тренд)
      -

      +

      -
      -

      Caution

      -

      If you want to change a trend translation, document it in the monitoring form but do not try to change it in OmegaT. Any changes you make to these segments will not be saved. The existing translation will be maintained.

      +
      +

      Предупреждение

      +

      Если вы хотите изменить заблокированный сегмент, задокументируйте желаемое изменение в форме для мониторинга, но не пытайтесь изменить перевод в OmegaT. Любые изменения, внесенные в такие сегменты, не сохранятся. Существующий перевод останется в текущем виде.

      -

      The following video shows navigation through segments, enjoy :

      +

      В следующем видео показана навигация по сегментам. Приятного просмотра .

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-nav1-panes/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-nav1-panes/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-nav1-panes/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-nav1-panes/index.html index dbf38765..e7572cd4 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-nav1-panes/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-nav1-panes/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    34. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    35. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    36. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    37. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    38. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    39. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    40. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    41. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    42. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    43. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@

      Omt nav1 panes

    44. В области Glossary (Глоссарий) будут отображаться ранее добавленные и ваши собственные записи глоссария.
    45. В области Multiple Translations (Варианты перевода) будет появляться текст, если текущий сегмент имеет альтернативные переводы.
      46. -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-nav2-files/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-nav2-files/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-nav2-files/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-nav2-files/index.html index de8bb655..192a4361 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-nav2-files/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-nav2-files/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    46. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    47. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    48. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    49. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    50. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    51. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    52. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    53. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    54. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    55. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@

      Omt nav2 files

      Навигация по файлам

      Список файлов для перевода доступен в диалоговом окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Вы можете открыть это окно, нажав Ctrl+L. Файл, открытый в настоящий момент в области редактирования, выделен синим цветом.

      -

      +

      Если вы хотите открыть другой файл в области редактирования, щелкните на соответствующем пункте списка в окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Имя открытого файла показано также в заголовке ****области редактирования.

      В следующем видео показана навигация по файлам:

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-nav3-seg/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-nav3-seg/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-nav3-seg/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-nav3-seg/index.html index 71a3ffb7..1ed042c8 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-nav3-seg/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-nav3-seg/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    56. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    57. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    58. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    59. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    60. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    61. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    62. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    63. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    64. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    65. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@

      Omt nav3 seg

      В области редактирования активный сегмент выделен зеленым цветом. Это тот сегмент, над которым вы сейчас работаете. Когда вы вводите или вставляете перевод, он будет добавляться прямо под исходным текстом.

      Нажмите Enter на клавиатуре, чтобы перейти к следующему сегменту. Кроме того, можно использовать Ctrl+U для перехода к следующему непереведенному сегменту. Сегмент можно также активировать двойным щелчком — после этого он становится зеленым.

      -

      +

      В OmegaT цвет фона сегмента помогает ориентироваться между различными сегментами:

      @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@

      Omt nav3 seg

      -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-nbsp/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-nbsp/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-nbsp/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-nbsp/index.html index 27b61186..fe28449f 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-nbsp/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-nbsp/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    66. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    67. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    68. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    69. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    70. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    71. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    72. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    73. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    74. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    75. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@

      Omt nbsp

      Чтобы вставить неразрывный пробел в OmegaT, введите \nbsp. Модуль автозавершения предложит вставить неразрывный пробел.

      -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-other/index.html similarity index 78% rename from ru/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-other/index.html index 29fd0cd3..09de3aa6 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-other/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-other/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    76. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    77. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    78. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    79. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    80. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    81. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    82. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    83. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    84. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    85. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1848,72 +1848,64 @@

      Другие полезные функции

      -

      Inserting source segment in target

      -

      In some cases, the translation must be identical to the source text. To copy the source text in the translation, press Ctrl+Shift+S on your keyboard.

      -

      +

      Вставка текста оригинала в перевод

      +

      В некоторых случаях перевод должен быть идентичен исходному тексту. Чтобы скопировать оригинальный текст в перевод, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+S.

      +

      -

      Of course, you may also copy-paste the source text in the translation if you prefer.

      +

      Конечно, при желании исходный текст можно копировать и вставлять в перевод.

      -

      Creating an empty translation

      -

      All segments must have a translation, even if it's an empty translation. If you want to produce an empty translation, simply press the space bar in your keyboard to insert a space as the translation.

      +

      Создание пустых переводов

      +

      Все сегменты должны содержать перевод, даже если перевод будет пустым. Чтобы создать пустой перевод, просто нажмите на клавиатуре пробел — перевод сегмента будет содержать только символ пробела.

      -

      Inserting special characters

      -

      You may need to type special characters such as:

      +

      Вставка специальных символов

      +

      Вам может потребоваться ввести специальные символы, например:

        -
      • quotation marks: «», „“, ‘’, etc.
        • -
      • mathematical symbols: ×, π, ÷, ≤, ≠, √, etc.
        • -
      • superindex or subindex numbers or letters: ₂, ², ³, etc.
        • -
      • other characters: ®, ™, etc.
        • +
      • кавычки: «», „“, ‘’ и т. д.
        • +
      • математические символы: ×, π, ÷, ≤, ≠, √ и т. д.
        • +
      • надстрочные или подстрочные цифры или буквы: ₂, ², ³ и т. д.
        • +
      • другие символы: ®, ™, и т. д.
      -

      Character table

      -

      We put the most frequent special characters in the Character Table. To insert a special character from the Character Table, follow these steps:

      +

      Таблица символов

      +

      Мы поместили наиболее часто используемые символы в таблицу символов (Character Table). Для вставки специального символа из таблицы символов (Character Table) выполните следующие действия:

        -
      • Press Ctrl+Space on your keyboard several times until you reach the Character Table. -
        • -
      • Double-click the character you want to insert. - -
        • +
      • Нажмите на клавиатуре ++ctrl+пробел++ несколько раз, пока не появится блок Character Table (Таблица символов). +
        • +
      • Дважды щелкните по символу, который требуется вставить. +
      -

      Autotext

      -

      Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

      -

      Let's see some examples:

      +

      Автотекст

      +

      Кроме того, можно использовать записи автотекста для вставки специальных символов, вводя установленные сокращения. Список доступных сокращений приводится здесь.

      +

      Рассмотрим несколько примеров:

      • -

        For example, to write the abbreviation of square meters ("m²"), you can type shortcut \sup2 to insert superindex character ².

        +

        Например, чтобы ввести обозначение квадратных метров («м²»), можно ввести сокращение \sup2, которое даст возможность вставить надстрочную двойку — ².

      • -

        Another example: in chemical formulas, the number of atoms is often noted with a subindex number, e.g. "CO₂". To insert character ₂, type shortcut \sub2. - - -

        +

        Еще один пример. В химических формулах количество атомов часто обозначается подстрочным числом, например «CO₂». Чтобы вставить символ ₂, введите сокращение \sub2. + +

      • -

        In order to insert a non-breaking space, type \nbsp: the auto-completer will propose to insert the character from the autotext list. -

        +

        Чтобы вставить неразрывный пробел, введите \nbsp. Модуль автозавершения предложит вставить соответствующий символ из списка автотекста. +

      - -

      Inserting non-breaking spaces

      -

      In order to insert non-breaking spaces in OmegaT, type \nbsp. The auto-completer will propose to insert a non-breaking space.

      - - -

      -

      Running concordance searches

      -

      A concordance search allows you to find words and expressions in the translation memory and the glossary.

      -

      To perform a search follow the steps below:

      +

      Поиск соответствий

      +

      Поиск соответствий позволяет находить слова и выражения в памяти переводов и глоссарии.

      +

      Для выполнения поиска необходимы следующие действия:

        -
      • In the active segment, select the word or fragment you want to search for with your mouse.
        • -
      • While that part of the text is selected, press Ctrl+F on your keyboard.
        • -
      • Press the Search button in the Search window that will open.
        • +
      • В активном сегменте выделите мышью слово или фрагмент текста, который вы хотите найти.
        • +
      • Не снимая выделения текста, нажмите на клавиатуре Ctrl+F.
        • +
      • Нажмите кнопку Search (Поиск) в открывшемся окне Search (Поиск текста).
      -

      The list results will be displayed. You can copy (select with mouse and press Ctrl+C on your keyboard) what you need from the results and paste it in the right place in the translation.

      -

      +

      В окне появится список результатов. Вы можете скопировать (выделить мышью и нажать на клавиатуре Ctrl+C) требуемый фрагмент текста в показанных результатах и вставить в нужное место в переводе.

      +

      -
      -

      Note

      -

      There might be small differences (in punctuation, spacing, etc.) between the text you're searching for and other occurrences of the same text that would prevent an exact match. The option "Keyword search" might help overcome that problem, please use it if you don't get the results you were expecting.

      +
      +

      Примечание

      +

      Между текстом, который вы ищете, и другими вариантами того же текста могут быть небольшие различия (в пунктуации, пробелах и т. д.), которые не позволят получить точное совпадение. Опция «Keyword search» (По ключевым словам) позволяет обойти это ограничение. Используйте ее, если точный поиск не дал ожидаемых результатов.

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-pack/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-pack/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/omt-pack/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-pack/index.html index fad06865..df10dbb6 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-pack/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-pack/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    86. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    87. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    88. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    89. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    90. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    91. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    92. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    93. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    94. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    95. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1856,25 +1856,24 @@

      Online / team project (via repositor

      That's it! 😄

      Offline project (via package)

        -
      • Go to Project > Pack project as OMT file...
        • -
      -

      - -

      -
        +
      • +

        Go to Project > Pack project as OMT file...

        +

        +

        +

      • In the window that pops up, select the location where you want to save the OMT package. -

        +

        • +
      • Press Save
      • -

        Press Save

        +

        Press OK in the Pop-up window notifying that the package was successfully created.

        +

        • -
      • Press OK in the Pop-up window notifying that the package was successfully created.
      -

      The folder where exported package is stored will open automatically in your file explorer.

      You will recognize the package because it has the extension .omt. That's the file you have to deliver.

      -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-comp/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-qa-comp/index.html index 33b2601d..2199ddcc 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-comp/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-comp/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    96. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    97. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    98. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    99. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    100. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    101. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    102. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    103. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    104. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    105. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

      Omt qa comp

      Completion check

      All segments in the project must have a translation. To confirm that is the case, please check for completion before your delivery.

      To check completion, hover with your mouse pointer over the progress status bar, in the bottom right corner of OmegaT's main window.

      -

      +

      That bar shows some statistics:

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-glos/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-qa-glos/index.html index 782bab6a..ae6d9526 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-glos/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-glos/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    106. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    107. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    108. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    109. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    110. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    111. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    112. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    113. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    114. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    115. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1852,29 +1852,31 @@

      Omt qa glos

      You can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

      • Go to Tools > Check Issues
        • -
      • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
        • -
      -

      -
        -
      • Press OK
        • -
      • A list of potential errors will open:
        • -
      -

      -
      • -

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +

        Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

        +

        +
        • +
      • +

        Press OK

      • -

        Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

        +

        A list of potential errors will open:

        +

        • +
      • +

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +
          +
        • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
        • Correct the error if necessary.
        • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
        +
        • +

      Info

      Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue. -

      +

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-tags/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-qa-tags/index.html index 44fd1c4b..8c8eb666 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-qa-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-qa-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    116. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    117. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    118. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    119. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    120. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    121. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    122. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    123. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    124. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    125. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,27 +1851,31 @@

      Omt qa tags

      Check and fix tags

      To ensure that all tags have been inserted correctly:

        -
      • Go to Tools > Check Issues to open the Issues window.
        • -
      +
    126. +

      Go to Tools > Check Issues to open the Issues window.

      -

      !!! tip inline end - You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first. -

      -
        -
      • Press OK.
        • -
      • An error report will open.
        • -
      -

      -
        +
        +

        Tip

        +
        +

        You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first. +

        +
      • -

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +

        Press OK.

      • -

        Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor

        +

        An error report will open.

        +

        • +
      • +

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +
          +
        • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor
        • Fix the tag issue (as explained in the Fixing tag issues section)
        • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
        +
        • +

      Avoid

      diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-qa/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-qa/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/omt-qa/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-qa/index.html index 77d72c00..158ed91b 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-qa/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-qa/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    127. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    128. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    129. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    130. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    131. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    132. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    133. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    134. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    135. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    136. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@

      Completion check

      All segments in the project must have a translation. To confirm that is the case, please check for completion before your delivery.

      To check completion, hover with your mouse pointer over the progress status bar, in the bottom right corner of OmegaT's main window.

      -

      +

      That bar shows some statistics:

      @@ -1884,34 +1884,34 @@

      Check and fix tags

      Tip

      -

      You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first.

      -

      +

      You may untick the other checks (Spelling, Terminology, LanguageTool) if you want to focus on tags only first. +

    137. Press OK.

    138. An error report will open.

      -

      +

    139. Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      -
      140. -
    140. -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor

      -
      141. +       + +

      Avoid

      Please do not click on "Apply fix". Fix each issue manually.

      -
      -

      Tip

      +
      +

      Совет

      If the source text has tags that you do not use in your language, you can insert them at the end of the segment to avoid having false positives in the error report. That should not have an impact on the translation.

      @@ -1919,29 +1919,31 @@

      Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

      • Go to Tools > Check Issues
        • -
      • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
        • -
      -

      -
        -
      • Press OK
        • -
      • A list of potential errors will open:
        • -
      -

      -
      • -

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +

        Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

        +

      • -

        Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

        +

        Press OK

        • +
      • +

        A list of potential errors will open:

        +

        +
        • +
      • +

        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

        +
          +
        • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
        • Correct the error if necessary.
        • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
        +
        • +

      Info

      -

      Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.

      -

      +

      Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue. +

      diff --git a/en/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-match/index.html similarity index 95% rename from en/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-rec-match/index.html index 7697592b..bffcac19 100644 --- a/en/_includes/omt-rec-match/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-match/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
    141. - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
    142. - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
    143. - + @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
    144. - + @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
    145. - + @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
    146. - + @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
    147. - + @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
    148. - + @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@
    149. - + @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
    150. - + @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ - + @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ - + @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ - + @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ - + @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ - + @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ - + @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ - + @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ - + @@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@

      Reconciling using matches

      During the reconciliation task, the translations from translator 1 and translator 2 are handled as matches and are displayed in the Matches pane.

      -

      +

      A reconciler's task in practice consists of one of these three options:

      • Inserting one of the two matches (and then modify it if needed), OR
        • @@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@
      • Translating the segment from scratch if none of the two matches is suitable.

      By default, the match from translator 1 is activated. It is the first one in the list and it is bolded. If you want to use the match from translator 2, double click on it to activate that one instead (the activated match will become bolded).

      -

      +

      To insert the active match in full, press Ctrl+I on your keyboard. After inserting it, make any necessary changes so that it fits the segment you are reconciling.

      @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@
    151. Press Ctrl+I on your keyboard to insert it
    152. Select (part of) another match if appropriate or type the rest of the translation
      153. -

      +

      diff --git a/_includes/ru/omt-rec-other/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-other/index.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..babf92ab --- /dev/null +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-other/index.html @@ -0,0 +1,1983 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Другие полезные функции - OmegaT guides [cApStAn] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      + +
      + + + + +
      + + +
      + +
      + + + + + + + + + +
      +
      + + + +
      +
      +
      + + + + + + + + + +
      +
      +
      + + + + +
      +
      + + + + +

      Другие полезные функции

      + +

      Вставка текста оригинала в перевод

      +

      В некоторых случаях перевод должен быть идентичен исходному тексту. Чтобы скопировать оригинальный текст в перевод, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+S.

      +

      + + +

      Конечно, при желании исходный текст можно копировать и вставлять в перевод.

      + +

      Создание пустых переводов

      +

      Все сегменты должны содержать перевод, даже если перевод будет пустым. Чтобы создать пустой перевод, просто нажмите на клавиатуре пробел — перевод сегмента будет содержать только символ пробела.

      + +

      Вставка специальных символов

      +

      Вам может потребоваться ввести специальные символы, например:

      +
        +
      • кавычки: «», „“, ‘’ и т. д.
        • +
      • математические символы: ×, π, ÷, ≤, ≠, √ и т. д.
        • +
      • надстрочные или подстрочные цифры или буквы: ₂, ², ³ и т. д.
        • +
      • другие символы: ®, ™, и т. д.
        • +
      +

      Таблица символов

      +

      Мы поместили наиболее часто используемые символы в таблицу символов (Character Table). Для вставки специального символа из таблицы символов (Character Table) выполните следующие действия:

      +
        +
      • Нажмите на клавиатуре ++ctrl+пробел++ несколько раз, пока не появится блок Character Table (Таблица символов). +
        • +
      • Дважды щелкните по символу, который требуется вставить. +
        • +
      +

      Автотекст

      +

      Кроме того, можно использовать записи автотекста для вставки специальных символов, вводя установленные сокращения. Список доступных сокращений приводится здесь.

      +

      Рассмотрим несколько примеров:

      +
        +
      • +

        Например, чтобы ввести обозначение квадратных метров («м²»), можно ввести сокращение \sup2, которое даст возможность вставить надстрочную двойку — ².

        +
        • +
      • +

        Еще один пример. В химических формулах количество атомов часто обозначается подстрочным числом, например «CO₂». Чтобы вставить символ ₂, введите сокращение \sub2. + +

        +
        • +
      • +

        Чтобы вставить неразрывный пробел, введите \nbsp. Модуль автозавершения предложит вставить соответствующий символ из списка автотекста. +

        +
        • +
      + +

      Вставка неразрывных пробелов

      +

      Чтобы вставить неразрывный пробел в OmegaT, введите \nbsp. Модуль автозавершения предложит вставить неразрывный пробел.

      + + +

      + +

      Поиск соответствий

      +

      Поиск соответствий позволяет находить слова и выражения в памяти переводов и глоссарии.

      +

      Для выполнения поиска необходимы следующие действия:

      +
        +
      • В активном сегменте выделите мышью слово или фрагмент текста, который вы хотите найти.
        • +
      • Не снимая выделения текста, нажмите на клавиатуре Ctrl+F.
        • +
      • Нажмите кнопку Search (Поиск) в открывшемся окне Search (Поиск текста).
        • +
      +

      В окне появится список результатов. Вы можете скопировать (выделить мышью и нажать на клавиатуре Ctrl+C) требуемый фрагмент текста в показанных результатах и вставить в нужное место в переводе.

      +

      + +
      +

      Примечание

      +

      Между текстом, который вы ищете, и другими вариантами того же текста могут быть небольшие различия (в пунктуации, пробелах и т. д.), которые не позволят получить точное совпадение. Опция «Keyword search» (По ключевым словам) позволяет обойти это ограничение. Используйте ее, если точный поиск не дал ожидаемых результатов.

      +
      + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      +
      + + + +
      + + + +
      + + + +
      +
      +
      +
      + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-tags/index.html similarity index 78% rename from ru/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-rec-tags/index.html index 173522c1..6250e09c 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-rec-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-rec-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
    153. - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
    154. - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
    155. - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
    156. - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
    157. - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
    158. - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
    159. - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
    160. - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
    161. - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
    162. - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1849,57 +1849,58 @@

      Теги

      -

      What are tags

      -

      The source text might include some inline codes that stand for formatting or other elements. In OmegaT, those inline codes are handled as tags.

      -

      For example, part of the source text could be, say, underlined (e.g. the word "after" below):

      +

      Что такое теги

      +

      Исходный текст может включать встроенные коды, которые соответствуют форматированию или другим элементам в документе оригинала. В OmegaT эти встроенные коды обрабатываются как теги.

      +

      Например, часть исходного текста может быть, например, подчеркнута (например, слово «после» ниже):

      -

      I came to this school after the start of this school year.

      +

      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.

      -

      The segment in OmegaT will look like this (notice the paired tags enclosing the word "after"):

      +

      Сегмент в OmegaT будет выглядеть следующим образом (обратите внимание на парные теги вокруг слова «после»):

      -

      I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.

      +

      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.

      -

      You will recognize tags because they are in red font.

      -

      Hover over a tag if you want to see what it stands for. A tooltip will show the original inline code:

      +

      Теги легко узнать по выделению красным шрифтом.

      +

      Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает. Во всплывающей подсказке будет показан исходный встроенный код:

      -

      Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

      +

      Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает

      -

      Types of tags

      -

      There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      +

      Типы тегов

      +

      Существует два типа тегов: отдельные теги и парные или двойные теги.

        -
      • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
        • -
      -

      -
        -
      • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
        • +
      • +

        Отдельный тег: один тег (например. ), который обозначает тот или иной элемент, появляющийся в исходном документе в данной позиции: перенос строки, изображение, поле ввода и т. д.

        +

        +
        • +
      • +

        Парные теги состоят из открывающего и закрывающего тегов (например, и ) и применяются к тексту между ними. Парные теги можно определить по тому, что в них использовано одинаковое число.

        +

        +

        + +

        +
      -

      - - - - -

      When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

      -

      For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

      +

      Если исходный текст содержит парные теги вокруг слова или выражения, необходимо вставить такие же парные теги вокруг соответствующего слова или выражения в переводе.

      +

      В приведенном ниже примере парные теги представляют собой форматирование, применяемое к слову «после» и его переводу «après».

      -

      I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
      -Je suis venu à cette école <g1>après</g1> le début de cette année scolaire.

      +

      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года. +Je suis venu à cette école après le début de cette année scolaire.

      -

      When the source text contains one or more standalone tags, you must insert them in the translation in a position that is equivalent to their position in the source text.

      +

      Если исходный текст содержит один или несколько отдельных тегов, их необходимо вставить в перевод в положении, эквивалентном их положению в оригинале.

      -

      In the following example, the standalone tag represents a text entry field where the respondent will have to select a number:

      +

      В следующем примере отдельный тег представляет собой поле для ввода текста, в котором респондент должен выбрать число:

      -

      <x1/> hours
      -<x1/> heures

      +

       hours
      + heures

      -

      Inserting tags

      +

      Вставка тегов

      Before inserting tags you must know whether it is a standalone tag or two paired tags.

      @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@

      Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

    163. In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the paired tags you want to insert.

    -

    +

    Info

    @@ -1924,35 +1925,35 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the standalone tag you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.

    В следующем видео показана работа с тегами. Приятного просмотра .

    -

    Fixing tag issues

    -

    All tags you see in the source text should be present in the translation too and in the correct position. You must correct any errors that you may see when that's not the case.

    -

    You may find two types of issue:

    +

    Исправление проблем с тегами

    +

    Все теги, которые вы видите в исходном тексте, должны присутствовать и в переводе, причем в соответствующих местах. Если это не так, вам необходимо исправить все ошибки, которые будут обнаружены.

    +

    Такие ошибки могут быть двух типов:

    • -

      A tag or tag pair is missing: in that case, the solution is simply to insert it.

      +

      Отсутствует тег или пара тегов. В этом случае нужно просто вставить теги.

    • -

      A tag is inserted but misplaced: the solution may be either to drag and drop single tags to the correct position, or simply to delete the tag (or tag pair) and insert it again correctly.

      +

      Тег вставлен, но расположен неправильно. Решение может заключаться либо в перетаскивании отдельных тегов в нужное место, либо в удалении тега (или пары тегов) и повторной правильной вставке.

    -Warning for RTL languages -

    In right-to-left languages such as Arabic or Hebrew, moving tags will not work. Please delete the tag and insert it again if you work with any of these languages.

    +Предупреждение для языков с письмом справа налево +

    В языках с письмом справа налево (например, в арабском или иврите) перетаскивание тегов не сработает. Удалите тег и вставьте его заново в нужном месте, если вы работаете с одним из таких языков.

    -

    Deleting tags

    -

    If you have inserted a tag incorrectly and need to insert it again, double click on the tag to select it in full and press Backspace or Del on your keyboard to delete it first.

    -

    -

    Moving tags

    -

    If you have inserted a tag in the wrong position and need to insert it somewhere else, you can simply drag and drop it. Alternatively, you can also delete it and insert it again.

    -

    +

    Удаление тегов

    +

    Если вы вставили тег неправильно и вам нужно вставить его снова, дважды щелкните по тегу, чтобы выделить его полностью, и удалите его, нажав на клавиатуре клавишу Backspace или Del.

    +

    +

    Перемещение тегов

    +

    Если вы вставили тег в неправильном месте и вам нужно вставить его в другое место, то тег можно просто перетащить мышью. Можно также удалить его и вставить заново.

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-reps/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-reps/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt-reps/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-reps/index.html index 26ab04e3..109c0ae5 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-reps/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-reps/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@

    Identifying repeated segments "navigation through panes" --> -

    +

    @@ -1863,10 +1863,10 @@

    Identifying repeated segments

    +

    Autopropagation

    When you edit the translation of a repeated segment, as soon as the edit is saved the changes will be automatically reflected in all the repetitions in the project.

    -

    +

    Creating alternative translation

    In some cases, two instances of a repeated segment might need to be translated differently in different contexts. In that situation, you may want to modify the translation of only one of the repetitions without altering the rest.

    In other words, you must create an alternative translation to prevent auto-propagating your update.

    @@ -1878,13 +1878,12 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary: -

    +

    @@ -1905,11 +1904,11 @@

    Creating alternative translationIdentifying alternative translations

    Here's how you can recognize whether a segment has an alternative translation.

    On the one hand, if a segment has an alternative translation, the Segment properties pane will show a property called Is alternative with value true. That field will flash in orange when you active the segment or when you save the project while that segment is active.

    -

    +

    On the other hand, you will notice that the Multiple translations pane shows that translation and the context properties that the alternative translation binds too (typically the file name and some identifier, e.g. the segment ID or a key).

    -

    +

    Finally, and most eloquent, you can see that the segment has an alternative translation if the Create Alternative Translation item in the segment's contextual menu (or the Edit menu) is grayed out and cannot be selected.

    -

    +

    Restoring the default translation

    If for some reason an existing alternative translation is unnecessary and you would like to restore auto-propagation into that segment, the simplest way is to just delete the alternative translation. To do that, follow these simple steps:

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    @@ -1933,71 +1935,71 @@

    AuthenticationHow to download the project from the repository

    To download the team project, follow these steps:

      -
    1. Define a location in your machine where you would like to create the OmegaT project. We recommend a Work folder (or whatever you prefer to call it) in your user's home directory. Let's assume path C:\Users\USER\Work\ (for user USER).
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Define a location in your machine where you would like to create the OmegaT project. We recommend a Work folder (or whatever you prefer to call it) in your user's home directory. Let's assume path C:\Users\USER\Work\ (for user USER).

    -

    !!! danger "Danger ❗❗❗" - 💀 - Make sure that location is NOT inside a sync'ed folder such as Dropbox, OneDrive, Nextcloud, Google Drive, Syncthing or the like, or in a server or a network drive.

    -
      -
    1. Copy the URL of the project repository to your clipboard (select it and press Ctrl+C or right-click it and select Copy).
      2. -
    -

    -
      -
    1. In OmegaT, go to Project > Download Team Project. -
      2. -
    - - - - - -
      +
      +

      Danger ❗❗❗

      +
      +

      💀 + Make sure that location is NOT inside a sync'ed folder such as Dropbox, OneDrive, Nextcloud, Google Drive, Syncthing or the like, or in a server or a network drive.

      + +
    1. +

      Copy the URL of the project repository to your clipboard (select it and press Ctrl+C or right-click it and select Copy).

      +

      +
      2. +
    2. +

      In OmegaT, go to Project > Download Team Project. + +

      +

      +

      +

    3. In the Download Team Project dialog, click in the Repository URL field and then press Ctrl+V to paste the URL from your clipboard.

    4. Click in the New Local Project Folder field. OmegaT will propose a path to the location where it will create the project folder. Please wait until you see that path.

      -
      5. -
    -

    !!! Failure - DO NOT click on the ... button.

    - - - +
    +

    Failure

    +
    +

    DO NOT click on the ... button.

    +

    +

    See the three steps above in the following animation:

    -

    -
      -
    1. -

      You might want to modify that path to create the folder in the location that you have defined in the first step above. For example:

      +

    2. -

      By default, it's likely that OmegaT proposes to create the project inside your home directory, e.g. C:\Users\USER\repo-name.

      -
      3. +

      You might want to modify that path to create the folder in the location that you have defined in the first step above. For example:

      +
        +
      • By default, it's likely that OmegaT proposes to create the project inside your home directory, e.g. C:\Users\USER\repo-name.
      • Modify that path so that it points ot the actual location you prefer, e.g. if you follow our recommendation above, that would be C:\Users\USER\Work\repo-name.
        • -
    +

    For example:

    -

    +

    -

    !!! Caution - Make sure there's a slash between every two folders in your path.

    +
    +

    Caution

    +
    +

    Make sure there's a slash between every two folders in your path.

    - + + Copy the path to the location where you want to create the project, e.g. C:/Work/. + + + Then, in the **New Local Project Folder** field, select the part of the path up to the slash before the project folder and delete it. + + Then, press ++ctrl+v++ to paste your path in replacement of the deleted part. + + !!! Caution + Make sure there's a slash between the path that you paste and the project folder name. + --> +
    • +

    Closing the project

    When you are done working for the day, quit OmegaT (Ctrl+Q).

    Re-opening an existing project

    After you have received and opened a project for the first time, the project exists in your machine and OmegaT will remember it.

    The next times you want to access the project in OmegaT, go to Project > Open Recent Project. The project you were working on will appear in the list:

    -

    +

    Примечание

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt-ver-tags/index.html similarity index 78% rename from ru/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt-ver-tags/index.html index 73bcb737..d773b34b 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-ver-tags/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt-ver-tags/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1849,57 +1849,58 @@

    Теги

    -

    What are tags

    -

    The source text might include some inline codes that stand for formatting or other elements. In OmegaT, those inline codes are handled as tags.

    -

    For example, part of the source text could be, say, underlined (e.g. the word "after" below):

    +

    Что такое теги

    +

    Исходный текст может включать встроенные коды, которые соответствуют форматированию или другим элементам в документе оригинала. В OmegaT эти встроенные коды обрабатываются как теги.

    +

    Например, часть исходного текста может быть, например, подчеркнута (например, слово «после» ниже):

    -

    I came to this school after the start of this school year.

    +

    Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.

    -

    The segment in OmegaT will look like this (notice the paired tags enclosing the word "after"):

    +

    Сегмент в OmegaT будет выглядеть следующим образом (обратите внимание на парные теги вокруг слова «после»):

    -

    I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.

    +

    Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.

    -

    You will recognize tags because they are in red font.

    -

    Hover over a tag if you want to see what it stands for. A tooltip will show the original inline code:

    +

    Теги легко узнать по выделению красным шрифтом.

    +

    Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает. Во всплывающей подсказке будет показан исходный встроенный код:

    -

    Hover over a tag to see what it stands for

    +

    Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает

    -

    Types of tags

    -

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

    +

    Типы тегов

    +

    Существует два типа тегов: отдельные теги и парные или двойные теги.

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    -

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • +
    • +

      Отдельный тег: один тег (например. ), который обозначает тот или иной элемент, появляющийся в исходном документе в данной позиции: перенос строки, изображение, поле ввода и т. д.

      +

      +
      • +
    • +

      Парные теги состоят из открывающего и закрывающего тегов (например, и ) и применяются к тексту между ними. Парные теги можно определить по тому, что в них использовано одинаковое число.

      +

      +

      + +

      +
    -

    - - - - -

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    -

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    +

    Если исходный текст содержит парные теги вокруг слова или выражения, необходимо вставить такие же парные теги вокруг соответствующего слова или выражения в переводе.

    +

    В приведенном ниже примере парные теги представляют собой форматирование, применяемое к слову «после» и его переводу «après».

    -

    I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
    -Je suis venu à cette école <g1>après</g1> le début de cette année scolaire.

    +

    Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года. +Je suis venu à cette école après le début de cette année scolaire.

    -

    When the source text contains one or more standalone tags, you must insert them in the translation in a position that is equivalent to their position in the source text.

    +

    Если исходный текст содержит один или несколько отдельных тегов, их необходимо вставить в перевод в положении, эквивалентном их положению в оригинале.

    -

    In the following example, the standalone tag represents a text entry field where the respondent will have to select a number:

    +

    В следующем примере отдельный тег представляет собой поле для ввода текста, в котором респондент должен выбрать число:

    -

    <x1/> hours
    -<x1/> heures

    +

     hours
    + heures

    -

    Inserting tags

    +

    Вставка тегов

    Before inserting tags you must know whether it is a standalone tag or two paired tags.

    @@ -1910,7 +1911,7 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.

  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the paired tags you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    Info

    @@ -1924,35 +1925,35 @@

    Inserting tagsCtrl+Space to launch the auto-completer.
  • In the tags section of the auto-completer, select the standalone tag you want to insert.
    • -

    +

    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.

    В следующем видео показана работа с тегами. Приятного просмотра .

    -

    Fixing tag issues

    -

    All tags you see in the source text should be present in the translation too and in the correct position. You must correct any errors that you may see when that's not the case.

    -

    You may find two types of issue:

    +

    Исправление проблем с тегами

    +

    Все теги, которые вы видите в исходном тексте, должны присутствовать и в переводе, причем в соответствующих местах. Если это не так, вам необходимо исправить все ошибки, которые будут обнаружены.

    +

    Такие ошибки могут быть двух типов:

    • -

      A tag or tag pair is missing: in that case, the solution is simply to insert it.

      +

      Отсутствует тег или пара тегов. В этом случае нужно просто вставить теги.

    • -

      A tag is inserted but misplaced: the solution may be either to drag and drop single tags to the correct position, or simply to delete the tag (or tag pair) and insert it again correctly.

      +

      Тег вставлен, но расположен неправильно. Решение может заключаться либо в перетаскивании отдельных тегов в нужное место, либо в удалении тега (или пары тегов) и повторной правильной вставке.

    -Warning for RTL languages -

    In right-to-left languages such as Arabic or Hebrew, moving tags will not work. Please delete the tag and insert it again if you work with any of these languages.

    +Предупреждение для языков с письмом справа налево +

    В языках с письмом справа налево (например, в арабском или иврите) перетаскивание тегов не сработает. Удалите тег и вставьте его заново в нужном месте, если вы работаете с одним из таких языков.

    -

    Deleting tags

    -

    If you have inserted a tag incorrectly and need to insert it again, double click on the tag to select it in full and press Backspace or Del on your keyboard to delete it first.

    -

    -

    Moving tags

    -

    If you have inserted a tag in the wrong position and need to insert it somewhere else, you can simply drag and drop it. Alternatively, you can also delete it and insert it again.

    -

    +

    Удаление тегов

    +

    Если вы вставили тег неправильно и вам нужно вставить его снова, дважды щелкните по тегу, чтобы выделить его полностью, и удалите его, нажав на клавиатуре клавишу Backspace или Del.

    +

    +

    Перемещение тегов

    +

    Если вы вставили тег в неправильном месте и вам нужно вставить его в другое место, то тег можно просто перетащить мышью. Можно также удалить его и вставить заново.

    +

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html b/_includes/ru/omt61-inst-setup/index.html similarity index 95% rename from ru/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html rename to _includes/ru/omt61-inst-setup/index.html index dfe4d66f..ae3813d9 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/omt61-inst-setup/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/omt61-inst-setup/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1891,54 +1891,49 @@

    1.2. Install OmegaT -

    • -

    That will show information about the application and the publisher. You can be confidently press the Run anyway button as long as you see the publisher is cApStAn.

    -
      -
    • If you see the following screen, click on "Yes":
      • -
    + +
  • +

    If you see the following screen, click on "Yes":

    -

    -
      -
    • Choose (or keep) English as the language of the installation:
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Choose (or keep) English as the language of the installation:

    - -

    -
      -
    • Please also use English as the language of the OmegaT user interface:
      • -
    +

    +
    • +
  • +

    Please also use English as the language of the OmegaT user interface:

    - -

    -
      -
    • In the License Agreement screen, please select "I accept the agreement” and click “Next”:
      • -
    +

    +
    • +
  • +

    In the License Agreement screen, please select "I accept the agreement” and click “Next”:

    -
      +

    • In all the next dialogs, just press “Next” to use the default options until you reach the Ready to Install screen.

    • We recommend that you do not change the default installation path, just click Next in this screen:

      -
      • -

    -
      -
    • We also recommend that you create a desktop shortcut (if that's a useful way for you to run OmegaT):
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    We also recommend that you create a desktop shortcut (if that's a useful way for you to run OmegaT):

    -
      -
    • In the Ready to Install screen, click on “Install”.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Ready to Install screen, click on “Install”.

    -
      -
    • When the installation is finalized, you will see the last screen:
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    When the installation is finalized, you will see the last screen:

    +
    • +

    After that, you'll be able to run OmegaT from the OmegaT desktop shortcut icon (if you have created one) or from the applications menu.

    1.3. Configure OmegaT

    To configure OmegaT, please do:

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html b/_includes/ru/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html rename to _includes/ru/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html index e33fb840..c18475e8 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/preview-in-microsoft-word/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + diff --git a/ru/_includes/preview/index.html b/_includes/ru/preview/index.html similarity index 94% rename from ru/_includes/preview/index.html rename to _includes/ru/preview/index.html index cbf101f6..5faeced4 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/preview/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/preview/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1848,9 +1848,9 @@

    Предварительный просмотр

    -

    Preview in Microsoft Word

    +

    Предварительный просмотр в Microsoft Word

    When translating coding guides, you cannot preview them on the PISA portal and have to use Microsoft Word to see how they will look like.

    -

    To find the translated Word document, go to Project>Access Project Contents>Target Files. A window with the contents of the "target" folder will open. Find the file you were working on and open it with Word.

    +

    To find the translated Word document, go to Project>Access Project Contents>Target Files. Откроется окно, в котором будет показано содержимое папки «target». Find the file you were working on and open it with Word.

    Go through the Word document to check for any potential issues, but if you find one make your changes in OmegaT and not in the Word document itself.

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/user-id/index.html b/_includes/ru/user-id/index.html similarity index 96% rename from ru/_includes/user-id/index.html rename to _includes/ru/user-id/index.html index 2174ce60..78e4112e 100644 --- a/ru/_includes/user-id/index.html +++ b/_includes/ru/user-id/index.html @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ - + @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
  • - + @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
  • - + @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
  • - + @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
  • - + @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
  • - + @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
  • - + @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
  • - + @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@
  • - + @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
  • - + @@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ - + @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ - + @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ - + @@ -1524,7 +1524,7 @@ - + @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ - + @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ - + @@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ - + @@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ - + @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@

    User id

    The Name/ID box might already contain your username. If that's the case, it's fine like that. Otherwise, if the box is empty or ther's some detail that doesn't identify you (e.g. USER), please enter your name or a nickname that identifies you more or less uniquely and that we can associate with you.

    If you have been asked to use "VER" in a specific project and you only work as a verifier, you can append your name or initials to that (e.g. VER_msoutopico, VER_manuel, etc).

    Then press OK.

    -

    • +

    diff --git a/en/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html index d00f9594..626138e6 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2268,14 +2268,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2286,6 +2286,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/adaptation/glossary/index.html b/en/adaptation/glossary/index.html index 5605b220..0a214d86 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/glossary/index.html @@ -2203,20 +2203,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/adaptation/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/adaptation/install-and-setup/index.html index 2fe83e1f..9ad75505 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2274,6 +2274,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/adaptation/navigation/index.html b/en/adaptation/navigation/index.html index 9d2494a0..f1c41e18 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/navigation/index.html @@ -2201,6 +2201,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

     diff --git a/en/adaptation/other-useful-features/index.html b/en/adaptation/other-useful-features/index.html index 6f0303f1..e05e9eb1 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/other-useful-features/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/other-useful-features/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/adaptation/qa-checks/index.html b/en/adaptation/qa-checks/index.html index f8bd94f2..6c554acf 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2264,24 +2264,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/adaptation/repetitions/index.html b/en/adaptation/repetitions/index.html index 0883f304..dd2917e1 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/adaptation/tags/index.html b/en/adaptation/tags/index.html index e2671248..dd0eef1c 100644 --- a/en/adaptation/tags/index.html +++ b/en/adaptation/tags/index.html @@ -2215,17 +2215,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html index 67cdebab..c59aa802 100644 --- a/en/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2268,14 +2268,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2286,6 +2286,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/editing/glossary/index.html b/en/editing/glossary/index.html index c875d429..3388e06f 100644 --- a/en/editing/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/editing/glossary/index.html @@ -2203,20 +2203,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/editing/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/editing/install-and-setup/index.html index 7c8cc33c..5a5ad4c9 100644 --- a/en/editing/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/editing/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2274,6 +2274,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/editing/navigation/index.html b/en/editing/navigation/index.html index b2c59106..61dcfcda 100644 --- a/en/editing/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/editing/navigation/index.html @@ -2201,6 +2201,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

     diff --git a/en/editing/qa-checks/index.html b/en/editing/qa-checks/index.html index d3c9b2b2..4077a0d0 100644 --- a/en/editing/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/editing/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2264,24 +2264,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/editing/repetitions/index.html b/en/editing/repetitions/index.html index a00bda92..35d007d1 100644 --- a/en/editing/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/editing/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/editing/tags/index.html b/en/editing/tags/index.html index 237b5460..970acf56 100644 --- a/en/editing/tags/index.html +++ b/en/editing/tags/index.html @@ -2215,17 +2215,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/exercises/alt/index.html b/en/exercises/alt/index.html index 2b018178..8ba52d3a 100644 --- a/en/exercises/alt/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/alt/index.html @@ -2146,33 +2146,37 @@

    That is convenient in many cases, but not always. Sometimes you'll have to prevent auto-propagation. To do that, you must create an alternative translation.

    Exercise 06.1: create alternative translation

      -
    1. Go to segment #16 in the project.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #16 in the project.

    Source text reads: Pretty good

    -
      -
    1. Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.

    Pretty good and Pretty bad in segments #16 and #17 in this context refer to "level of English" which is masculine in French. However, your translations ("Plutôt bonNE" and "Plutôt mauvaisE") refers to "situation economique", which is feminine.

    +
    • +

    You want to modify the translation in segments #16 and #17 to make it masculine, so that it agrees with "level" in French.

    Follow these three simple but VERY IMPORTANT steps:

      -
    1. Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.

    Tip: Also available if you right-click the segment.

    -
      -
    1. Modify the translation to make it masculine
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Modify the translation to make it masculine

    Just remove the last character if you don't know French

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press Ctrl+S to register the translation

      +
    diff --git a/en/exercises/aut/index.html b/en/exercises/aut/index.html index 0022efb7..4e26e732 100644 --- a/en/exercises/aut/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/aut/index.html @@ -2184,51 +2184,61 @@

    Exercise 07.1: use a known a -->
      -
    1. Go to segment #72 and read the source text.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #72 and read the source text.

    Target text reads Le dioxyde de carbone (CO2) se dissout dans l'eau de mer pour former de l'acide carbonique.

    -
      -
    1. Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").

    A subscript number should be used instead of a regular digit.

    -
      -
    1. In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
      2. + +
    2. +

      In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2

      +
    3. Notice how the auto-completer window opens showing the autotext entry.
      4. -
    4. Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
      5. -
    +
  • +

    Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.

    The result should be: CO₂

    +
    • +

    In this exercise you have used an autotext shortcut that you knew already. In the following exercises you'll find out an autotext entry that you don't know.

    Exercise 07.2: find special character in the list of autotext entries

    In this exercise, you must insert the multiplication symbol but you don't know what autotext entry you can use.

      -
    1. Go to segment #74
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #74

    Source text reads: Thermal conductivity coefficient <br/>(W/m × K)

    -
      -
    1. Open the list of available shortcuts here.
      2. -
    2. Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
      3. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Open the list of available shortcuts here.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.

    You can use either \times or \x (how lucky, this one is shorter!)

    -
      -
    1. Translate segment #74 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
      2. + +
    2. +

      Translate segment #74 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).

      +
    3. To translate the part in parenthesis, type \x (or \times) between W/m and K.
    4. Notice how the auto-completer opens when you typed the autotext shortcut.
      5. -
    5. Press Enter to insert the caracter.
      6. -
    +
  • +

    Press Enter to insert the caracter.

    Result should be: W/m × K
    Incorrect translation: W/m x K

    +
    • +

    Info

    @@ -2237,19 +2247,23 @@

    Exe

    Exercise 07.3: insert special character from the character table

    Remember the auto-completer? You used it to insert tags. You'll use it again now to insert a special character.

      -
    1. Go to segment #75
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #75

    Target text reads: “La densité de population est de 62 personnes par km2 en 2023.”

    -
      -
    1. Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
      2. + +
    2. +

      Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).

      +
    3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Character table”.
      4. -
    4. Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
      5. -
    +
  • +

    Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.

    The result should be: km²

    +
    • +

    Tip

    @@ -2263,28 +2277,28 @@

    Exercise 07.4: insert speci

    French uses special quotation marks, called angle quotes or "chevrons". You can use autotext to insert them.

    1. Go to segment #77.
      2. -
    2. Look at the translation of segment #76 and notice how the angle quotes are used there.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Look at the translation of segment #76 and notice how the angle quotes are used there.

    L'eau est « saturée » si...

    -
      -
    1. Translate segment #77.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Translate segment #77.

    You can use the exact match that appears in the Matches pane.

    -
      +

    1. Type autotext shortcut << before "insaturée" to insert character « followed by a non-breaking space.

    2. Type autotext shortcut >> after "insaturée" to insert character « preceded by a non-breaking space.

      -
      3. -

    Expected results: « insaturée »

    +
    • + diff --git a/en/exercises/fnd/index.html b/en/exercises/fnd/index.html index 3be2706b..42607f83 100644 --- a/en/exercises/fnd/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/fnd/index.html @@ -2169,11 +2169,13 @@

    Exercise 08.1: search for
  • Notice how the word "translator" is already filled in in the search box.
  • Check option "Translated" so that you will only find translated segments.
  • Check box "TMs" under "Search in" to search in the translations memories.
    • -
  • Press the Search button.
    • - +
  • +

    Press the Search button.

    Expected result: traducteur

    +
    • +

    Exercise 08.2: search for a segment identifier

    @@ -2182,14 +2184,12 @@

    Exercise 08.2: search for
  • Press Ctrl+F to open the Text Search dialog unless it's already open.

  • Check option:

    -
    • -
  • -

    In comments

    +
      +
    • In comments
      • +

  • Type 123abc in the search box, and press Search.

    -
    • -

    Expected results:

    @@ -2198,6 +2198,8 @@

    Exercise 08.2: search for # name = 123abc

    +

    • +

    Info

    @@ -2215,27 +2217,22 @@

    Exercise 08.3: search for some
  • Press Ctrl+F to open the Text Search dialog.

  • Check options:

    -
    • -
  • -

    Exact search

    -
    • +
      +
    • Exact search
    • In source
    • All matching segments
      • -
    • -

      Search in: Memory

      +
    • Search in: Memory
      • +

  • Do not check options:

    +
      +
    • Search in: TMs
      • +
    +
  • -

    Search in: TMs

    -
    • - - - -
      -
    1. Type Rather satisfied in the search box, and press Search.
      2. -
    +

    Type Rather satisfied in the search box, and press Search.

    Expected results:

      @@ -2244,12 +2241,14 @@

      Exercise 08.3: search for some
    • 37> Plutôt satisfait

    -
      -
    1. Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather satisfied" that was not translated consistenly.
      2. -
    + +
  • +

    Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather satisfied" that was not translated consistenly.

    Can you see which translation is inconsistent?

    +
    • +

    diff --git a/en/exercises/index.html b/en/exercises/index.html index a6bd7b2c..d7241c00 100644 --- a/en/exercises/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/index.html @@ -2090,9 +2090,9 @@

    Get your projectproject_task_fr-ZZ_offline_omt.omt.

  • Unpack that project from OmegaT:

    -
    • -
  • -

    Project > Unpack project from OMT file...

    +
      +
    • Project > Unpack project from OMT file...
      • +
    • diff --git a/en/exercises/mat/index.html b/en/exercises/mat/index.html index 0ed9e603..ceffa40f 100644 --- a/en/exercises/mat/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/mat/index.html @@ -2225,19 +2225,21 @@

    Exercise 02.1: translate from scratch

      -
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.

    Source text reads Welcome to this survey!

    -
      -
    1. Translate segment #1.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Translate segment #1.

    Suggested translation: Bienvenue à cette enquète !

    -
      -
    1. Press Enter to go to the next segment.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press Enter to go to the next segment.

      +

    Exercise 02.2: pretranslated and locked

    @@ -2245,20 +2247,24 @@

    Exercise 02.2: pretranslated and

    1. Notice how this segment is pretranslated.
      2. -
    2. Notice that it has an orange background. That means that this is an enforced translation.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Notice that it has an orange background. That means that this is an enforced translation.

    In other words, the translation is not editable.

    -
      -
    1. Make some edits to modify the translation.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Make some edits to modify the translation.

      +
    3. Press F5 to reload the project.
    4. Notice how your edits are now gone.
      5. -
    5. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      6. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.

    That should take you to segment #3.

    +
    • +

    Exercise 02.3: insert match and update it

    @@ -2269,50 +2275,56 @@

    Exercise 02.3: insert match and
  • Notice that there's a fuzzy match you can use.
  • Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
  • Looking at the match in the Matches pane, notice the difference between the new source text and the source text in "tracked changes".
    • -
  • Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
    • - +
  • +

    Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.

    Tip: Replace sanitaire with économique.

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.

    That should take you to segment #5.

    +
    • +

    Exercise 02.4: insert match and update it

      -
    1. Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over segment #4, which was already translated.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over segment #4, which was already translated.

    You're in segment #5.

    -
      -
    1. There is a 50% match that you could use. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      2. -
    2. Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.
      3. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    There is a 50% match that you could use. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.

    Tip: delete Très and change the case of the first letter.

    Expected result: Bon

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.

    That should take you to segment #6.

    +
    • +

    Exercise 02.5: insert exact match

    You're in segment #6.

    1. Notice that there's an exact match which you can use as is. Your lucky day!
      2. -
    2. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+I to insert it.

    There's nothing else to do this time :)

    -
      +

    1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.

      @@ -2329,19 +2341,21 @@

      Exercise 02.6: select text and inse
    2. See what is the part that can be used in the first match.
    3. Press Ctrl+2 to select the second match.
    4. See what is the part that can be used in the second match.
      5. -
    5. Press Ctrl+1 to select the first match again.
      6. -

    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+1 to select the first match again.

    Alternate between Ctrl+1 and Ctrl+2 to highlight the differences in each match.

    -
      -
    1. With your mouse, select Très in match #1.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    With your mouse, select Très in match #1.

    The translation of "very" in the first match is something you can use.

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.

      +

    3. With your mouse, select mauvais in match #2.

      @@ -2384,30 +2398,34 @@

      Exercise 02.9: almost identical mat

      You're in segment #11.

        -
      1. Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over the two pretranslated segments.
        2. -
      +
    4. +

      Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over the two pretranslated segments.

      Source text reads Welcome to this survey.

      -
        -
      1. Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.
        2. -
      +
      5. +
    5. +

      Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.

      The only difference is in the final punctuation.

      -
        -
      1. Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.
        2. -
      2. Update the translation now.
        3. -
      +
      6. +
    6. +

      Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.

      +
      7. +
    7. +

      Update the translation now.

      Replace the exclamation mark ! with a full stop .

      -
        -
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. -
      +
      8. +
    8. +

      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.

      That should take you to segment #12.

      +
      9. +
    @@ -2425,11 +2443,13 @@

    Exercise 02.10: insert match a
  • Notice that there's a fuzzy match you can use.
  • Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
  • Looking at the match in the Matches pane, notice the difference between the new source text and the source text in "tracked changes".
    • -
  • Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
    • - +
  • +

    Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.

    Tip: Replace financière with économique

    +
    • +

    Well done!

    diff --git a/en/exercises/nav/index.html b/en/exercises/nav/index.html index 744a9c3f..ff401c8b 100644 --- a/en/exercises/nav/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/nav/index.html @@ -2163,53 +2163,50 @@

    Exercise 01.1: moving through t -->
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.

    Source text reads Welcome to this survey!

    -
      -
    1. Press Enter to move to the next segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Enter to move to the next segment.

    You are now in segment #2.

    - - -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.
      2. -
    + +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.

    You are now in segment #3.

    - - -
      -
    1. Press Enter twice in a row to go forward 2 segments.
      2. -
    + +
    • +
  • +

    Press Enter twice in a row to go forward 2 segments.

    You end up in segment #5.

    - - -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.
      2. -
    + +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.

    You are now in segment #3.

    - - -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.
      2. -
    + +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.

    You end up in segment #5 again.

    - - -
      -
    1. Notice that you have jumped segment #4, which is already translated (in pink).
      2. + + +
    2. +

      Notice that you have jumped segment #4, which is already translated (in pink).

      +
    @@ -2228,43 +2225,45 @@

    Exercise 01.2: movin
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter number 25 to go to segment #25.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+J and enter number 25 to go to segment #25.

    Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with public transport where you live.

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.

    You are now on segment #30.

    -
      -
    1. Press Enter to move the next segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Enter to move the next segment.

    You are now on segment #31.

    -
      -
    1. Oops, you haven't translated segment #30. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Oops, you haven't translated segment #30. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.

    You are now on segment #30 again.

    -
      -
    1. Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.

    Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with schools and other educational facilities where you live.

    -
      -
    1. Double click on that segment.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Double click on that segment.

    You are now on segment #53.

    -
      -
    1. Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.

      +
    diff --git a/en/exercises/qac/index.html b/en/exercises/qac/index.html index 42121245..8bb0aace 100644 --- a/en/exercises/qac/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/qac/index.html @@ -2154,34 +2154,38 @@

    Exercise 09.1: check tag issues

    1. Open the QA checks dialog in Tools > Check for issues....
      2. -
    2. Uncheck all options except "Tag Issues"
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Uncheck all options except "Tag Issues"

    The "Tag Issues" check is mandatory, you cannot unselect it.

    -
      -
    1. Press "OK"
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press "OK"

      +
    3. Notice that there is (at least) an issue about "Bad nesting".
    4. Press the "Jump to segment" button.
      5. -
    5. OmegaT will open the segment with the issue.
      6. -
    +
  • +

    OmegaT will open the segment with the issue.

    You should be on segment #25

    -
      -
    1. Look at the tags and notice what the issue is about.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Look at the tags and notice what the issue is about.

    The order of tags is incorrect.

    -
      -
    1. Remove the two tags and insert them again.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Remove the two tags and insert them again.

    Expected result: De manière générale, dites-moi si à quel point <g1>vous êtes satisfait</g1> avec les transports publics là où vous vivez.

    -
      -
    1. Press the "Refresh" button in the Issues dialog to confirm that the issue is gone.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the "Refresh" button in the Issues dialog to confirm that the issue is gone.

      +
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 13 to go to segment #13.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+J and enter 13 to go to segment #13.

    Source text reads: Pretty good

    -
      -
    1. Notice how the segment marker says that this segment is repeated three more times.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Notice how the segment marker says that this segment is repeated three more times.

    <segment 0013 +1 more ¶>.

    -
      -
    1. Look at the Segment Properties pane. It says "Is duplicate: FIRST"
      2. + +
    2. +

      Look at the Segment Properties pane. It says "Is duplicate: FIRST"

      +
    3. Right click on the segment. See how all the instances are listed and identified by their segment number.
    4. Select Segment 16 on the list to go to segment #16.
    5. Look at the Segment Properties pane for segment #16. It says "Is duplicate: NEXT"
      6. @@ -2186,28 +2188,34 @@

      Exercise 05.1: recognize repea

      Exercise 05.2: auto-propagate translations

      1. Go to segment #12.
        2. -
      2. Translate segment #12.
        3. -
      +
    6. +

      Translate segment #12.

      You can insert the match (Ctrl+I) and update it (replace financière with économique)

      -
        -
      1. Notice how "situation économique" is grammatically feminine in French.
        2. -
      2. Go to segment #13 and translate it. Suggested translation: Plutôt bonNE
        3. -
      +
      7. +
    7. +

      Notice how "situation économique" is grammatically feminine in French.

      +
      8. +
    8. +

      Go to segment #13 and translate it. Suggested translation: Plutôt bonNE

      The -NE ending is the feminine suffix, because "Good" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French

      -
        -
      1. Press Enter after translating segment #13 to go to segment #14.
        2. + +
      2. +

        Press Enter after translating segment #13 to go to segment #14.

        +
      3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #16.
        4. -
      4. Translate segment #14. Suggested translation: Plutôt mauvaisE
        5. -
      +
    9. +

      Translate segment #14. Suggested translation: Plutôt mauvaisE

      The -E ending is the feminine suffix, because "Bad" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French

      -
        -
      1. Press Enter after translating segment #14 to confirm the translation of segment #14 and go to the next segment.
        2. + +
      2. +

        Press Enter after translating segment #14 to confirm the translation of segment #14 and go to the next segment.

        +
      3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #17.

      Exercise 05.3: auto-propagate edits in translations

      diff --git a/en/exercises/tag/index.html b/en/exercises/tag/index.html index 41aa12bc..fa571aef 100644 --- a/en/exercises/tag/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/tag/index.html @@ -2189,64 +2189,75 @@

      Exercise 04.1: insert paired tags

        -
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 40 to go to segment #40, which is untranslated.
        2. -
      +
    10. +

      Press Ctrl+J and enter 40 to go to segment #40, which is untranslated.

      Source text reads: Click <g1>Play</g1> to see it in action.

      -
        -
      1. Notice the two tags in the segment.
        2. -
      2. With your mouse, hover over the two tags and notice how the two tags are paired.
        3. -
      +
      11. +
    11. +

      Notice the two tags in the segment.

      +
      12. +
    12. +

      With your mouse, hover over the two tags and notice how the two tags are paired.

      The first tag stands for <strong> and the second tag stands for </strong>.

      - -
        -
      1. Translate segment #40.
        2. -
      +
      13. +
    13. +

      Translate segment #40.

      Suggested translation: Cliquez sur Jouer pour voir ça en action.

      -
        -
      1. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "Play"
        2. -
      +
      14. +
    14. +

      Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "Play"

      Tip: you should select Jouer

      -
        -
      1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.
        2. + +
      2. +

        Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.

        +
      3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Missing tags” section.
      4. The first option (i.e. <g1>|</g1>) is selected by default. Press Enter to insert tag pair.
        5. -
      5. Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.
        6. -
      +
    15. +

      Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.

      Expected result: Cliquez sur <g1>Jouer</g1> pour le voir en action.

      +
      16. +

    Well done!

    Exercise 04.2: see what tags stand for

      -
    1. Go to segment #41.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #41.

    Source text reads if <x1/> sensor detects black

    -
      -
    1. Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.
      2. -
    2. Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.
      3. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.

    The tooltip should show {{ sensor_type }}

    -
      -
    1. Go to the next segment, #42.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Go to the next segment, #42.

      +
    3. Notice how this segment has two standalone tags, not two paired tags!
      4. -
    4. Check what the two tags stand for.
      5. -
    +
  • +

    Check what the two tags stand for.

    The tooltips should show {{ object1 }} and {{ object2 }}

    +
    • +

    Warning

    @@ -2256,91 +2267,101 @@

    Exercise 04.3: insert standalone ta
    1. Go to segment #43.
    2. Notice that the tag is missing in the translation.
      3. -
    3. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      4. -
    +
  • +

    Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.

    Tip: right at the end of the translation

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.

      +
    3. Go to segment #44.
    4. Notice how the tag is also missing in this translation.
      5. -
    5. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      6. -
    +
  • +

    Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.

    Tip: click between tourner à droite jusqu'à ce que and le capteur détecte le noir

    -
      -
    1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.

      +

    Exercise 04.4: insert standalone tag as you translate

    1. Go to segment #45.
    2. To translate the segment and insert the tag, proceed in this way:
      3. -
    3. Translate "repeat"
      4. -
    +
  • +

    Translate "repeat"

    Suggested translation of the first part: répéter

    -
      -
    1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag

    Remember the shortcut to launch the auto-completer is Ctrl+Space.

    -
      -
    1. Translate "times"
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Translate "times"

    Suggested translation of the second part: fois

    +
    • +

    You have inserted the tag as you made progress through the translation.

    Exercise 04.5: trigger the tag tooltip

      -
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 48 to go to segment #48.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+J and enter 48 to go to segment #48.

    Source text reads: The translator had to pay attention to formatting such as <g1>bold</g1>, <g2>italics</g2>, <g3>underline</g3>.

    -
      -
    1. Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.

    Tip: the tooltip should display HTML tags <strong>, <em>, <span class="underline"> etc.

    +
    • +

    Exercise 04.6: insert more tags

    1. Still in segment #48, press Ctrl+I to insert the fuzzy match.
    2. Notice how most tags are missing in the translation.
      3. -
    3. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”
      4. -
    +
  • +

    Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”

    Tip: le gras

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.

    The first line (i.e. <g1></g1>) is selected by default.

    -
      -
    1. Press Enter to insert the tag pair that appears in the first line of the auto-completer.
      2. -
    2. Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text
      3. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Press Enter to insert the tag pair that appears in the first line of the auto-completer.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text

    Results should be <g1>le gras</g1>

    -
      -
    1. Do the same for the translation of “italics”
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Do the same for the translation of “italics”

    Results should be <g2>l’italique</g2>

    -
      +

    1. Notice how you cannot insert a tag pair around the translation of “underline” because closing tag </g3> is already inserted.

      2. diff --git a/en/exercises/tgt/index.html b/en/exercises/tgt/index.html index 7006e5aa..19746cfb 100644 --- a/en/exercises/tgt/index.html +++ b/en/exercises/tgt/index.html @@ -2204,11 +2204,11 @@

      Steps

    2. Then click on the "New Local Project Folder" field.

      -
      3. -

    OmegaT will propose a location to clone the project in your machine, e.g. something like C:\Users\USER\project_task_fr-ZZ_omt (where USER is your username).

    +
    • +

    The name of the project is highlighted in yellow in the screenshot below:

    diff --git a/en/exercises_02/alt/index.html b/en/exercises_02/alt/index.html index 7cfb86aa..162982b8 100644 --- a/en/exercises_02/alt/index.html +++ b/en/exercises_02/alt/index.html @@ -1851,33 +1851,37 @@

    That is convenient in many cases, but not always. Sometimes you'll have to prevent auto-propagation. To do that, you must create an alternative translation.

    Exercise 06.1: create alternative translation

      -
    1. Go to segment #5 in the project.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #5 in the project.

    Source text reads: Good

    -
      -
    1. Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.

    Good and Bad in segments #5 and #6 in this context refer to "level of English" which is masculine in French. However, your translation ("BonNE" and "MauvaisE") refers to "situation economique" and therefore is feminine.

    +
    • +

    You want to modify the translation in segments #16 and #17 to make it masculine, so that it agrees with "level" in French.

    Follow these three simple but VERY IMPORTANT steps:

      -
    1. Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.

    Tip: Also available if you right-click the segment.

    -
      -
    1. Modify the translation to make it masculine
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Modify the translation to make it masculine

    Just remove the last character if you don't know French

    -
      -
    1. Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press Ctrl+S to register the translation

      +
    diff --git a/en/exercises_02/aut/index.html b/en/exercises_02/aut/index.html index ca857d8c..bc993fa0 100644 --- a/en/exercises_02/aut/index.html +++ b/en/exercises_02/aut/index.html @@ -1865,54 +1865,64 @@

    Exercise 06.1: use a known a

    @quiz: what do you notice in segment #47 (@todo: complete)

      -
    1. Go to segment #47 and read the source text.
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #47 and read the source text.

    Target text reads Le dioxyde de carbone (CO2) se dissout dans l'eau de mer pour former de l'acide carbonique.

    -
      -
    1. Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").

    A subscript number should be used instead of a regular digit.

    -
      -
    1. In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
      2. + +
    2. +

      In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2

      +
    3. Notice how the auto-completer window opens showing the autotext entry.
      4. -
    4. Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
      5. -
    +
  • +

    Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.

    The result should be: CO₂

    +
    • +

    In this exercise you have used an autotext shortcut that you knew already. In the following exercises you'll find out an autotext entry that you don't know.

    Exercise 06.2: find special character in the list of autotext entries

    In this exercise, you must insert the multiplication symbol but you don't know what autotext entry you can use.

      -
    1. Go to segment #52
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #52

    Source text reads: Thermal conductivity coefficient <br/>(W/m × K)

    -
      -
    1. Open the list of available shortcuts here.
      2. -
    2. Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
      3. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Open the list of available shortcuts here.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.

    You can use either \times or \x (how lucky, this one is shorter!)

    -
      -
    1. Translate segment #52 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
      2. + +
    2. +

      Translate segment #52 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).

      +
    3. To translate the part in parenthesis, type \x (or \times) between W/m and K.
    1. Notice how the auto-completer opens when you typed the autotext shortcut.
      2. -
    2. Press Enter to insert the caracter.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Press Enter to insert the caracter.

    Result should be: W/m × K
    Incorrect translation: W/m x K

    +
    • +

    Info

    You can find the list of autotext entries in OmegaT guides > Miscellanea > Autotext

    @@ -1920,19 +1930,23 @@

    Exe

    Exercise 06.3: insert special character from the character table

    Remember the auto-completer? You used it to insert tags. You'll use it again now to insert a special character.

      -
    1. Go to segment #49
      2. -
    +
  • +

    Go to segment #49

    Target text reads: “La densité de population est de 62 personnes par km2 en 2023.”

    -
      -
    1. Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
      2. + +
    2. +

      Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).

      +
    3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Character table”.
      4. -
    4. Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
      5. -
    +
  • +

    Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.

    The result should be: km²

    +
    • +

    Tip

    You could have inserted character ² with shortcut \sup2 (where "suP" stands for superscript or superindex or superordinate).

    diff --git a/en/misc/faq/index.html b/en/misc/faq/index.html index 8a831fd9..d5cbcd9e 100644 --- a/en/misc/faq/index.html +++ b/en/misc/faq/index.html @@ -2326,11 +2326,13 @@

    How can I correct a

    Yes. Please follow these steps:

    1. Go to Project > Access Project contents > Glossaries to access your writeable glossary file. The Glossaries folder will open, which contains a file named glossary.txt.
      2. -
    2. Open it in your plain text editor (e.g. Notepad):
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Open it in your plain text editor (e.g. Notepad):

    -
      -
    1. Correct any term that contains an error and Save the file.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Correct any term that contains an error and Save the file.

      +
    diff --git a/en/misc/tips/index.html b/en/misc/tips/index.html index be00955d..c470f9e2 100644 --- a/en/misc/tips/index.html +++ b/en/misc/tips/index.html @@ -2146,12 +2146,10 @@

    File organizationHow to copy-paste a URL

  • Select the URL:

    -
    • -
  • -

    To select the URL, click right before the first character of the URL and drag your mouse up to the end of the URL.

    +
      +
    • To select the URL, click right before the first character of the URL and drag your mouse up to the end of the URL.
      • +

  • Copy the URL:

    -
    • +

    • When the whole URL is highlighted (which means that it's selected), press Ctrl+C in your keyboard.

    • Alternatively, you may right-click the highlighted text and select Copy in the contextual menu that will appear. -

      +

    • When you copy text, it'll be stored in your clipboard.

      • -
    • -

      Paste the URL:

      +

  • -

    Go to the location where you want to paste the URL and press Ctrl+V to insert it there.

    +

    Paste the URL:

    +
      +
    • Go to the location where you want to paste the URL and press Ctrl+V to insert it there.
      • +

    • diff --git a/en/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html index b1123f0d..6b4850c2 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2268,14 +2268,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2286,6 +2286,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/reconciliation/glossary/index.html b/en/reconciliation/glossary/index.html index 37657315..55e99744 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/glossary/index.html @@ -2203,20 +2203,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/reconciliation/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/reconciliation/install-and-setup/index.html index 01af0979..0257825b 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2274,6 +2274,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/reconciliation/navigation/index.html b/en/reconciliation/navigation/index.html index 4d8344b8..f79bac2c 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/navigation/index.html @@ -2201,6 +2201,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

     diff --git a/en/reconciliation/qa-checks/index.html b/en/reconciliation/qa-checks/index.html index 10c58e1a..a038ddf0 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2264,24 +2264,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/reconciliation/repetitions/index.html b/en/reconciliation/repetitions/index.html index a0177f9f..a495f0cb 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/reconciliation/tags/index.html b/en/reconciliation/tags/index.html index 87591e17..ef07ef7f 100644 --- a/en/reconciliation/tags/index.html +++ b/en/reconciliation/tags/index.html @@ -2248,17 +2248,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/review/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/review/accessing-the-project/index.html index 0b0a34b9..4e68e44a 100644 --- a/en/review/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/review/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2268,14 +2268,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2286,6 +2286,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/review/glossary/index.html b/en/review/glossary/index.html index 347ced3f..93708e03 100644 --- a/en/review/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/review/glossary/index.html @@ -2203,20 +2203,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/review/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/review/install-and-setup/index.html index 8bed2e78..e1b96c57 100644 --- a/en/review/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/review/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2274,6 +2274,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/review/navigation/index.html b/en/review/navigation/index.html index 93dd9f01..142f18f8 100644 --- a/en/review/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/review/navigation/index.html @@ -2201,6 +2201,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

     diff --git a/en/review/qa-checks/index.html b/en/review/qa-checks/index.html index 02fcb10b..70196207 100644 --- a/en/review/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/review/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2264,24 +2264,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/review/repetitions/index.html b/en/review/repetitions/index.html index cdd5484d..f00dc29d 100644 --- a/en/review/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/review/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/review/tags/index.html b/en/review/tags/index.html index a8f9741c..26b077dd 100644 --- a/en/review/tags/index.html +++ b/en/review/tags/index.html @@ -2215,17 +2215,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/translation/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/translation/accessing-the-project/index.html index 7c27770e..2f72f6f6 100644 --- a/en/translation/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/translation/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2268,14 +2268,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2286,6 +2286,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/translation/glossary/index.html b/en/translation/glossary/index.html index ab1dcdc0..9cada19a 100644 --- a/en/translation/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/translation/glossary/index.html @@ -2203,20 +2203,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/translation/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/translation/install-and-setup/index.html index fbfa5c57..1c54ed61 100644 --- a/en/translation/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/translation/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2274,6 +2274,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/translation/navigation/index.html b/en/translation/navigation/index.html index 3447be41..a7f88447 100644 --- a/en/translation/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/translation/navigation/index.html @@ -2201,6 +2201,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

     diff --git a/en/translation/qa-checks/index.html b/en/translation/qa-checks/index.html index 34b7bd2e..3323e81d 100644 --- a/en/translation/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/translation/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2264,24 +2264,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/translation/repetitions/index.html b/en/translation/repetitions/index.html index 12880d9d..51143ff1 100644 --- a/en/translation/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/translation/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/translation/tags/index.html b/en/translation/tags/index.html index 9ce297c4..010ee141 100644 --- a/en/translation/tags/index.html +++ b/en/translation/tags/index.html @@ -2215,17 +2215,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/en/verification/accessing-the-project/index.html b/en/verification/accessing-the-project/index.html index bd8d185b..f8b94291 100644 --- a/en/verification/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/en/verification/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -2289,14 +2289,14 @@

    Unpacking an offline project -

    +

  • @@ -2307,6 +2307,8 @@

    Unpacking an offline project

    • + +

  • You can now perform your task in the project.

    • diff --git a/en/verification/glossary/index.html b/en/verification/glossary/index.html index c3bf9116..83c96902 100644 --- a/en/verification/glossary/index.html +++ b/en/verification/glossary/index.html @@ -2224,20 +2224,22 @@

    Adding new entries to the glossary

    Tip

    -

    Feeding the glossary with technical or sensitive wording or terms or expressions that appear frequently can be very useful to speed up typing, to keep consistency, to avoid typos, etc..

    +

    To add a new term entry to the glossary:

    1. In the active segment, drag your mouse over the term you want to insert to select it.
      2. -
    2. Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.
      3. -
    +
  • +

    Right click and choose Add glossary entry from the contextual menu.

    -
      -
    1. In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).
      2. -
    +
    • +
  • +

    In the Create Glossary Entry that will pop up, enter the target term (and any comments you want).

    -
      -
    1. Press the OK button to save the new entry.
      2. + +
    2. +

      Press the OK button to save the new entry.

      +
    diff --git a/en/verification/install-and-setup/index.html b/en/verification/install-and-setup/index.html index 4275ed8e..665778f5 100644 --- a/en/verification/install-and-setup/index.html +++ b/en/verification/install-and-setup/index.html @@ -2304,6 +2304,7 @@

    Installation

  • OmegaT will propose the path C:\Users\USER\AppData\Local\Programs\OmegaT for the installation, where it should be possible for non-admin users to install.

    +

    Warning

    Please do not modify this installation path unless you're IT personnel and you know what you're doing.

    diff --git a/en/verification/navigation/index.html b/en/verification/navigation/index.html index 4941279b..c73665b7 100644 --- a/en/verification/navigation/index.html +++ b/en/verification/navigation/index.html @@ -2223,6 +2223,7 @@
  • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
    • +

    See all panes below:

    diff --git a/en/verification/qa-checks/index.html b/en/verification/qa-checks/index.html index 743a7d74..35b54a1d 100644 --- a/en/verification/qa-checks/index.html +++ b/en/verification/qa-checks/index.html @@ -2285,24 +2285,26 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    diff --git a/en/verification/repetitions/index.html b/en/verification/repetitions/index.html index 0876d19d..eedc06fa 100644 --- a/en/verification/repetitions/index.html +++ b/en/verification/repetitions/index.html @@ -2262,10 +2262,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + +

    • - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    diff --git a/en/verification/tags/index.html b/en/verification/tags/index.html index caf04adc..7300a7ea 100644 --- a/en/verification/tags/index.html +++ b/en/verification/tags/index.html @@ -2269,17 +2269,18 @@

    What are tagsTypes of tags

    There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:

      -
    • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
      • -
    +
  • +

    Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.

    -
      -
    • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
      • -
    +
    • +
  • +

    Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.

    - - - - +

    + +

    +
    • +

    When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.

    For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".

    diff --git a/ru/_includes/links.txt b/ru/_includes/links.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5dcfbdc5..00000000 --- a/ru/_includes/links.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -https://raw.githubusercontent.com/capstanlqc/omegat-customization/master/docs/omegat-autotext.md diff --git a/ru/_includes/omt-other/index.html b/ru/_includes/omt-other/index.html deleted file mode 100644 index 88cd90fa..00000000 --- a/ru/_includes/omt-other/index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1979 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Другие полезные функции - OmegaT guides [cApStAn] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    - -
    - - - - -
    - - -
    - -
    - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - -
    -
    -
    - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    -
    - - - - -
    -
    - - - - -

    Другие полезные функции

    - -

    Inserting source segment in target

    -

    In some cases, the translation must be identical to the source text. To copy the source text in the translation, press Ctrl+Shift+S on your keyboard.

    -

    - - -

    Of course, you may also copy-paste the source text in the translation if you prefer.

    - -

    Creating an empty translation

    -

    All segments must have a translation, even if it's an empty translation. If you want to produce an empty translation, simply press the space bar in your keyboard to insert a space as the translation.

    - -

    Inserting special characters

    -

    You may need to type special characters such as:

    -
      -
    • quotation marks: «», „“, ‘’, etc.
      • -
    • mathematical symbols: ×, π, ÷, ≤, ≠, √, etc.
      • -
    • superindex or subindex numbers or letters: ₂, ², ³, etc.
      • -
    • other characters: ®, ™, etc.
      • -
    -

    Character table

    -

    We put the most frequent special characters in the Character Table. To insert a special character from the Character Table, follow these steps:

    -
      -
    • Press Ctrl+Space on your keyboard several times until you reach the Character Table. -
      • -
    • Double-click the character you want to insert. - -
      • -
    -

    Autotext

    -

    Alternatively, you may use Autotext entries to insert a special character by typing a shortcut. You can see the list of available shortcuts here.

    -

    Let's see some examples:

    -
      -
    • -

      For example, to write the abbreviation of square meters ("m²"), you can type shortcut \sup2 to insert superindex character ².

      -
      • -
    • -

      Another example: in chemical formulas, the number of atoms is often noted with a subindex number, e.g. "CO₂". To insert character ₂, type shortcut \sub2. - - -

      -
      • -
    • -

      In order to insert a non-breaking space, type \nbsp: the auto-completer will propose to insert the character from the autotext list. -

      -
      • -
    - -

    Running concordance searches

    -

    A concordance search allows you to find words and expressions in the translation memory and the glossary.

    -

    To perform a search follow the steps below:

    -
      -
    • In the active segment, select the word or fragment you want to search for with your mouse.
      • -
    • While that part of the text is selected, press Ctrl+F on your keyboard.
      • -
    • Press the Search button in the Search window that will open.
      • -
    -

    The list results will be displayed. You can copy (select with mouse and press Ctrl+C on your keyboard) what you need from the results and paste it in the right place in the translation.

    -

    - -
    -

    Note

    -

    There might be small differences (in punctuation, spacing, etc.) between the text you're searching for and other occurrences of the same text that would prevent an exact match. The option "Keyword search" might help overcome that problem, please use it if you don't get the results you were expecting.

    -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    - - - -
    - - - -
    - - - -
    -
    -
    -
    - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/ru/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html b/ru/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html index 78c58afd..7e9613f0 100644 --- a/ru/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html +++ b/ru/adaptation/accessing-the-project/index.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
    - + Skip to content @@ -1560,13 +1560,13 @@
    • - + - Accessing a new project + Доступ к новому проекту -

    Also, the Matches pane shows a similarity score that tells you how different the new source text is from the source text of every match.

    diff --git a/ru/adaptation/navigation/index.html b/ru/adaptation/navigation/index.html index 9736c576..5233a573 100644 --- a/ru/adaptation/navigation/index.html +++ b/ru/adaptation/navigation/index.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
    - + Skip to content @@ -1581,27 +1581,27 @@ +

    • +

    Avoid

    Please do not click on "Apply fix". Fix each issue manually.

    -
    -

    Tip

    +
    +

    Совет

    If the source text has tags that you do not use in your language, you can insert them at the end of the segment to avoid having false positives in the error report. That should not have an impact on the translation.

    @@ -2264,29 +2264,31 @@

    Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:

    • Go to Tools > Check Issues
      • -
    • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      • -
    +
  • +

    Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked

    -
      -
    • Press OK
      • -
    • A list of potential errors will open:
      • -
    -

    -
      +
    • -

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +

      Press OK

    • -

      Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.

      +

      A list of potential errors will open:

      +

      • +
    • +

      Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:

      +
        +
      • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
      • Correct the error if necessary.
      • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
      +
      • +

    Info

    -

    Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.

    -

    +

    Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue. +

    • diff --git a/ru/adaptation/repetitions/index.html b/ru/adaptation/repetitions/index.html index 943c34c3..497794fd 100644 --- a/ru/adaptation/repetitions/index.html +++ b/ru/adaptation/repetitions/index.html @@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@

    Creating alternative translation
  • Edit the translation of the active segment.
  • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation. -
    • + + - -

    The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.

    And here's a quick summary:

    @@ -2260,8 +2259,8 @@

    Creating alternative translation -
    -

    Warning

    +
    +

    Предупреждение

    Remember that you can't create an alternative translation if the segment already has an alternative translation. See the section below to learn how you can recognize an alternative translation.

    If you must modify an existing alternative translation, simply edit the target text and save (Ctrl+S).

    diff --git a/ru/adaptation/shortcuts/index.html b/ru/adaptation/shortcuts/index.html index af703d5f..c28b6863 100644 --- a/ru/adaptation/shortcuts/index.html +++ b/ru/adaptation/shortcuts/index.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
    - + Skip to content @@ -2142,46 +2142,46 @@ } -

    OmegaT shortcuts

    -

    Here is a table summarizing all functions you need to remember to work in OmegaT. Shortcuts (keyboard combinations) are provided if they are frequently used.

    +

    Сочетания клавиш в OmegaT

    +

    Ниже приведена таблица с описанием всех функций, которые необходимо помнить при работе в OmegaT. В таблице представлены наиболее часто используемые сочетания (комбинации) клавиш.

    - - - + + + - - + + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -2194,34 +2194,34 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - +
    ShortcutActionFunctionСочетаниеДействиеФункция
    Ctrl+LProject > Project FilesOpen the Project Files windowProject > Project Files (Проект > Файлы проекта)Открывается окно Project Files (Файлы проекта)
    Ctrl+J Go To > Segment Number…Go to the segment thus numberedПереход к сегменту с указанным номером
    Ctrl+Space++ctrl+пробел++ N/A Open the Auto-Completer and cycle through it (every time you press this shorcut, a different section of the auto-completer is available: tags. character table, etc.)
    Ctrl+U Go To > Next Untranslated SegmentGo to the next untranslated segmentПереход к следующему непереведенному сегменту
    Ctrl+T Edit > Insert Next Missing TagInsert the next missing tagВставка следующего отсутствующего тега
    Enter Go to Next SegmentПереход к следующему сегменту
    Ctrl+IMark a segment as alternative translation 
    Ctrl+Shift+S
    Ctrl+Shift+S    		
 
 Mark a segment as a translation identical to the source
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+Shift+V
 Tools > Check issuesRun the QA checksЗапуск проверок качества (QA)
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+Shift+D
 Project > Create Current Translated DocumentExport or generate the target file for the current documentСоздание переведенного файла для текущего переводимого документа
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+D
 Project > Create Translated DocumentsExport or generate all target filesСоздание переведенных файлов для всех документов проекта
 
    
 
    
 N/A
 Project > Access Project Contents > …Go to the project foldersПереход к папке проекта
 
    
 
    
 Shift+F3
 Change capitalization of selected textИзменить регистр выделенного текста
 
    
     
 
    
diff --git a/ru/adaptation/tags/index.html b/ru/adaptation/tags/index.html
index 9340847f..1efc1c54 100644
--- a/ru/adaptation/tags/index.html
+++ b/ru/adaptation/tags/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
    
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1602,27 +1602,27 @@
     
      
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      What are tags
+      Что такое теги
     
   
   
 
      • 
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Types of tags
+      Типы тегов
     
   
   
 
      • 
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Inserting tags
+      Вставка тегов
     
   
   
@@ -2191,60 +2191,61 @@
                   
 
 
-
      Tags
      
+
      Теги
      
 
 
-
      What are tags
      
-
      The source text might include some inline codes that stand for formatting or other elements. In OmegaT, those inline codes are handled as tags.
      
-
      For example, part of the source text could be, say, underlined (e.g. the word "after" below):
      
+
      Что такое теги
      
+
      Исходный текст может включать встроенные коды, которые соответствуют форматированию или другим элементам в документе оригинала. В OmegaT эти встроенные коды обрабатываются как теги.
      
+
      Например, часть исходного текста может быть, например, подчеркнута (например, слово «после» ниже):
      
 
      
-
      I came to this school after the start of this school year.
      
+
      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
      
 
      
-
      The segment in OmegaT will look like this (notice the paired tags enclosing the word "after"):
      
+
      Сегмент в OmegaT будет выглядеть следующим образом (обратите внимание на парные теги вокруг слова «после»):
      
 
      
-
      I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
      
+
      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
      
 
      
-
      You will recognize tags because they are in red font.
      
-
      Hover over a tag if you want to see what it stands for. A tooltip will show the original inline code:
      
+
      Теги легко узнать по выделению красным шрифтом.
      
+
      Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает. Во всплывающей подсказке будет показан исходный встроенный код:
      
 
 
 
      
-
      Hover over a tag to see what it stands for
      
+
      Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает
      
 
      
 
-
      Types of tags
      
-
      There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:
      
+
      Типы тегов
      
+
      Существует два типа тегов: отдельные теги и парные или двойные теги.
      
 
        
-
      • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
        • 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Отдельный тег: один тег (например. ), который обозначает тот или иной элемент, появляющийся в исходном документе в данной позиции: перенос строки, изображение, поле ввода и т. д.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
        • 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Парные теги состоят из открывающего и закрывающего тегов (например,  и ) и применяются к тексту между ними. Парные теги можно определить по тому, что в них использовано одинаковое число.
      
 
      
-
-
-
-
-
      When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.
      
-
      For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".
      
+
      
+
+
      
+
      • 
+
    
+
    Если исходный текст содержит парные теги вокруг слова или выражения, необходимо вставить такие же парные теги вокруг соответствующего слова или выражения в переводе.
    
+
    В приведенном ниже примере парные теги представляют собой форматирование, применяемое к слову «после» и его переводу «après».
    
 
    
-
    I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
    
-Je suis venu à cette école <g1>après</g1> le début de cette année scolaire.
    
+
    Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
+Je suis venu à cette école après le début de cette année scolaire.
    
 
    
-
    When the source text contains one or more standalone tags, you must insert them in the translation in a position that is equivalent to their position in the source text.
    
+
    Если исходный текст содержит один или несколько отдельных тегов, их необходимо вставить в перевод в положении, эквивалентном их положению в оригинале.
    
 
 
-
    In the following example, the standalone tag represents a text entry field where the respondent will have to select a number:
    
+
    В следующем примере отдельный тег представляет собой поле для ввода текста, в котором респондент должен выбрать число:
    
 
    
-
    <x1/> hours
     
-<x1/> heures
    
+
     hours
    
+ heures
    
 
    
 
-
    Inserting tags
    
+
    Вставка тегов
    
 
    Before inserting tags you must know whether it is a standalone tag or two paired tags.
    
 
 
@@ -2271,7 +2272,7 @@ 
    Inserting tags
    
 
    You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.
    
-
    The following video shows how to handle tags, enjoy :
    
+
    В следующем видео показана работа с тегами. Приятного просмотра .
    
 
    
 
    
 
diff --git a/ru/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html b/ru/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html
index 60ce6f7c..9b2f4558 100644
--- a/ru/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/accessing-the-project/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
    
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1710,13 +1710,13 @@
     
      
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Accessing a new project
+      Доступ к новому проекту
     
   
   
-    
    
 
    Also, the Matches pane shows a similarity score that tells you how different the new source text is from the source text of every match.
    
 
 
diff --git a/ru/editing/navigation/index.html b/ru/editing/navigation/index.html
index e8c0f1a6..d995b677 100644
--- a/ru/editing/navigation/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/navigation/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
    
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1731,27 +1731,27 @@
     
      
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Navigation across panes
+      Навигация между областями программы
     
   
   
 
      • 
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Navigation through files
+      Навигация по файлам
     
   
   
 
      • 
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Navigation through segments
+      Навигация по сегментам
     
   
   
@@ -2191,66 +2191,66 @@
                   
 
 
-
      Navigation
      
+
      Навигация
      
 
-
-
      When you open OmegaT you will notice the screen is split in several panes:
      
+
      Навигация между областями программы
      
+
      Открыв OmegaT, вы заметите, что главный экран разделен на несколько областей:
      
 
        
-
      • The Editor pane is the main pane in which you will be working.
        • 
-
      • Translation suggestions will appear in the Fuzzy Matches pane (or just Matches pane).
        • 
-
      • The Glossary pane will display the existing glossary entries and the ones you may add.
        • 
-
      • The Multiple Translations pane will show if a repeated segment has alternative translations.
        • 
+
      • Editor (Область редактирования) — это основная область, в которой вы будете работать.
        • 
+
      • Перевод похожих сегментов будет отображаться в области Fuzzy Matches (Нечеткие совпадения) (в более поздних версиях эта область называется Matches в английском интерфейсе программы).
        • 
+
      • В области Glossary (Глоссарий) будут отображаться ранее добавленные и ваши собственные записи глоссария.
        • 
+
      • В области Multiple Translations (Варианты перевода) будет появляться текст, если текущий сегмент имеет альтернативные переводы.
        • 
 
      
 
      
 
-
-
      If the project contains multiple files, they are listed in the Project Files window. You can open this window by pressing Ctrl+L. The file currently open is highlighted in blue.
      
+
      Навигация по файлам
      
+
      Список файлов для перевода доступен в диалоговом окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Вы можете открыть это окно, нажав Ctrl+L. Файл, открытый в настоящий момент в области редактирования, выделен синим цветом.
      
 
      
-
      If you want to open a different file in the Editor pane, click on it in the Project Files window. You can also see the name of the file that is open in the Editor pane's title bar.
      
-
      The following video shows navigation through files:
      
+
      Если вы хотите открыть другой файл в области редактирования, щелкните на соответствующем пункте списка в окне Project Files (Файлы проекта). Имя открытого файла показано также в заголовке ****области редактирования.
      
+
      В следующем видео показана навигация по файлам:
      
 
      
 
 
 
-
-
      In the editor pane, the active segment is highlighted in green. This is the segment you are working on. When you type or insert a translation, it will appear right below the source text.
      
-
      Press Enter on your keyboard to go to the next segment. You can also use Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
-A segment can also be activated by double clicking on it, it then becomes green.
      
+
      Навигация по сегментам
      
+
      В области редактирования активный сегмент выделен зеленым цветом. Это тот сегмент, над которым вы сейчас работаете. Когда вы вводите или вставляете перевод, он будет добавляться прямо под исходным текстом.
      
+
      Нажмите Enter на клавиатуре, чтобы перейти к следующему сегменту. Кроме того, можно использовать Ctrl+U для перехода к следующему непереведенному сегменту.
+Сегмент можно также активировать двойным щелчком — после этого он становится зеленым.
      
 
      
-
      In OmegaT, the color of the segment's background will help you find your way around between the different segments:
      
+
      В OmegaT цвет фона сегмента помогает ориентироваться между различными сегментами:
      
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
      
 
 
      ColorLanguageMeaningЦветЯзыкЗначение
 
      
       
 
 
      GreenSourceactive segment (the segment you are working on)ЗеленыйОригиналактивный сегмент (сегмент, над которым вы работаете)
 
      
 
      BlueSourceuntranslated segmentСинийОригиналнепереведенный сегмент
 
      
 
      GreySourcemanually translated segmentСерыйОригиналсегмент переведен вручную
 
      
 
      PinkTargetpretranslated segmentРозовыйПереводсегмент переведен автоматически из памяти переводов
 
      
 
      OrangeTargetpretranslated and locked segment (e.g. trend)ОранжевыйПереводпредварительно переведенный и заблокированный сегмент (например, тренд)
 
      
       
 
      
@@ -2258,11 +2258,11 @@ 
      
 
diff --git a/ru/editing/other-useful-features/index.html b/ru/editing/other-useful-features/index.html
index 202c94d2..28d5068a 100644
--- a/ru/editing/other-useful-features/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/other-useful-features/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
      
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1836,46 +1836,46 @@
     
        
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      Inserting source segment in target
+      Вставка текста оригинала в перевод
     
   
   
 
        • 
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      Creating an empty translation
+      Создание пустых переводов
     
   
   
 
        • 
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      Inserting special characters
+      Вставка специальных символов
     
   
   
-    
        • 
+
      
 
 
      
 
      Avoid
      
 
      Please do not click on "Apply fix". Fix each issue manually.
      
 
      
 
-
      
-
      Tip
      
+
      
+
      Совет
      
 
      If the source text has tags that you do not use in your language, you can insert them at the end of the segment to avoid having false positives in the error report. That should not have an impact on the translation.
      
 
      
 
@@ -2264,29 +2264,31 @@ 
      Check glossary adherenceYou can check whether the translation adheres to the glossary and key terms have been translated consistently throughout:
      
 
        
 
      • Go to Tools > Check Issues
        • 
-
      • Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
        • 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Make sure the box next to Terminology Issues is ticked
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • Press OK
        • 
-
      • A list of potential errors will open:
        • 
-
      
-
      
-
        
+
 
      • 
-
        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:
        
+
        Press OK
        
 
        • 
 
      • 
-
        Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
        
+
        A list of potential errors will open:
        
+
        
 
        • 
+
      • 
+
        Go through the issues one by one. For every issue in the list, do the following:
        
+
          
+
        • Click a row in the list (or click on Jump to Segment) to open that segment in the editor.
          • 
 
        • Correct the error if necessary.
          • 
 
        • Press the Refresh button to update the list of issues.
          • 
 
        
+
        • 
+
      
 
 
      
 
      Info
      
-
      Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.
      
-
      
+
      Not all flagged issues are errors by default. In some cases, you may get false positives. In the screenshot below, "apple trees" should be translated as "pommiers" as in the first segment. In the second segment (active segment) "apple trees" was rendered as "ces arbres" (backtranslation: these trees) to avoid a repetition that would be disturbing in French. Such deviations from the glossary are intentional, so you would disregard the issue.
+
      
 
      • 
 
 
diff --git a/ru/editing/repetitions/index.html b/ru/editing/repetitions/index.html
index 620a8860..1ad56e2f 100644
--- a/ru/editing/repetitions/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/repetitions/index.html
@@ -2241,10 +2241,9 @@ 
      Creating alternative translation
 
    • Edit the translation of the active segment.
      • 
 
    • Press Ctrl+S to register the alternative translation.
-   
      • 
+    
+    
      • 
 
-
-
 
      The Multiple Translations pane will show the different translations.
      
 
      And here's a quick summary:
 
      
@@ -2260,8 +2259,8 @@ 
      Creating alternative translation
 
 
-
      
-
      Warning
      
+
      
+
      Предупреждение
      
 
      Remember that you can't create an alternative translation if the segment already has an alternative translation. See the section below to learn how you can recognize an alternative translation.
      
 
      
 
      If you must modify an existing alternative translation, simply edit the target text and save (Ctrl+S).
      
diff --git a/ru/editing/shortcuts/index.html b/ru/editing/shortcuts/index.html
index 0c81e8dd..9b3b3223 100644
--- a/ru/editing/shortcuts/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/shortcuts/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
      
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -2142,46 +2142,46 @@
 }
 
 
-
      OmegaT shortcuts
      
-
      Here is a table summarizing all functions you need to remember to work in OmegaT. Shortcuts (keyboard combinations) are provided if they are frequently used.
      
+
      Сочетания клавиш в OmegaT
      
+
      Ниже приведена таблица с описанием всех функций, которые необходимо помнить при работе в OmegaT. В таблице представлены наиболее часто используемые сочетания (комбинации) клавиш.
      
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
+
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -2194,34 +2194,34 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
      
 
 
      ShortcutActionFunctionСочетаниеДействиеФункция
 
      
       
 
 
      
 Ctrl+LProject > Project FilesOpen the Project Files windowProject > Project Files (Проект > Файлы проекта)Открывается окно Project Files (Файлы проекта)
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+J
 Go To > Segment Number…Go to the segment thus numberedПереход к сегменту с указанным номером
 
      
 
      Ctrl+Space++ctrl+пробел++
 N/A
 Open the Auto-Completer and cycle through it (every time you press this shorcut, a different section of the auto-completer is available: tags. character table, etc.)
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+U
 Go To > Next Untranslated SegmentGo to the next untranslated segmentПереход к следующему непереведенному сегменту
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+T
 Edit > Insert Next Missing TagInsert the next missing tagВставка следующего отсутствующего тега
 
      
 
      
 Enter
 Go to Next SegmentПереход к следующему сегменту
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+IMark a segment as alternative translation
 
      
 
      Ctrl+Shift+S
      Ctrl+Shift+S      		
 
 Mark a segment as a translation identical to the source
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+Shift+V
 Tools > Check issuesRun the QA checksЗапуск проверок качества (QA)
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+Shift+D
 Project > Create Current Translated DocumentExport or generate the target file for the current documentСоздание переведенного файла для текущего переводимого документа
 
      
 
      
 Ctrl+D
 Project > Create Translated DocumentsExport or generate all target filesСоздание переведенных файлов для всех документов проекта
 
      
 
      
 N/A
 Project > Access Project Contents > …Go to the project foldersПереход к папке проекта
 
      
 
      
 Shift+F3
 Change capitalization of selected textИзменить регистр выделенного текста
 
      
       
 
      
diff --git a/ru/editing/tags/index.html b/ru/editing/tags/index.html
index 78467f2d..573dd567 100644
--- a/ru/editing/tags/index.html
+++ b/ru/editing/tags/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
      
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1752,27 +1752,27 @@
     
        
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      What are tags
+      Что такое теги
     
   
   
 
        • 
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      Types of tags
+      Типы тегов
     
   
   
 
        • 
       
         
      • 
-  
+  
     
-      Inserting tags
+      Вставка тегов
     
   
   
@@ -2191,60 +2191,61 @@
                   
 
 
-
        Tags
        
+
        Теги
        
 
 
-
        What are tags
        
-
        The source text might include some inline codes that stand for formatting or other elements. In OmegaT, those inline codes are handled as tags.
        
-
        For example, part of the source text could be, say, underlined (e.g. the word "after" below):
        
+
        Что такое теги
        
+
        Исходный текст может включать встроенные коды, которые соответствуют форматированию или другим элементам в документе оригинала. В OmegaT эти встроенные коды обрабатываются как теги.
        
+
        Например, часть исходного текста может быть, например, подчеркнута (например, слово «после» ниже):
        
 
        
-
        I came to this school after the start of this school year.
        
+
        Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
        
 
        
-
        The segment in OmegaT will look like this (notice the paired tags enclosing the word "after"):
        
+
        Сегмент в OmegaT будет выглядеть следующим образом (обратите внимание на парные теги вокруг слова «после»):
        
 
        
-
        I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
        
+
        Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
        
 
        
-
        You will recognize tags because they are in red font.
        
-
        Hover over a tag if you want to see what it stands for. A tooltip will show the original inline code:
        
+
        Теги легко узнать по выделению красным шрифтом.
        
+
        Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает. Во всплывающей подсказке будет показан исходный встроенный код:
        
 
 
 
        
-
        Hover over a tag to see what it stands for
        
+
        Наведите курсор на тег, чтобы узнать, что он обозначает
        
 
        
 
-
        Types of tags
        
-
        There are two types of tags: standalone tags and paired tags or double tags:
        
+
        Типы тегов
        
+
        Существует два типа тегов: отдельные теги и парные или двойные теги.
        
 
          
-
        • Standalone tags: a single tag (e.g. <x1/>) which stands for some element that appears at that position, such as a line break, an image, an input field, etc.
          • 
-
        
+
      • 
+
        Отдельный тег: один тег (например. ), который обозначает тот или иной элемент, появляющийся в исходном документе в данной позиции: перенос строки, изображение, поле ввода и т. д.
        
 
        
-
          
-
        • Paired tags are composed of an opening tag and a closing tag (e.g. <g2> and </g2>) and affect the text between them. You can see that two tags are paired when they have the same number.
          • 
-
        
+
        • 
+
      • 
+
        Парные теги состоят из открывающего и закрывающего тегов (например,  и ) и применяются к тексту между ними. Парные теги можно определить по тому, что в них использовано одинаковое число.
        
 
        
-
-
-
-
-
        When the source text contains paired tags around a word or expression, you must insert the same paired tags around the part of the translation that corresponds to the formatted word or expression in the source text.
        
-
        For example, here the paired tags represent some formatting that applies to the word "after" and its translation "après".
        
+
        
+
+
        
+
        • 
+
      
+
      Если исходный текст содержит парные теги вокруг слова или выражения, необходимо вставить такие же парные теги вокруг соответствующего слова или выражения в переводе.
      
+
      В приведенном ниже примере парные теги представляют собой форматирование, применяемое к слову «после» и его переводу «après».
      
 
      
-
      I came to this school <g1>after</g1> the start of this school year.
      
-Je suis venu à cette école <g1>après</g1> le début de cette année scolaire.
      
+
      Я пришел в эту школу после начала этого учебного года.
+Je suis venu à cette école après le début de cette année scolaire.
      
 
      
-
      When the source text contains one or more standalone tags, you must insert them in the translation in a position that is equivalent to their position in the source text.
      
+
      Если исходный текст содержит один или несколько отдельных тегов, их необходимо вставить в перевод в положении, эквивалентном их положению в оригинале.
      
 
 
-
      In the following example, the standalone tag represents a text entry field where the respondent will have to select a number:
      
+
      В следующем примере отдельный тег представляет собой поле для ввода текста, в котором респондент должен выбрать число:
      
 
      
-
      <x1/> hours
       
-<x1/> heures
      
+
       hours
      
+ heures
      
 
      
 
-
      Inserting tags
      
+
      Вставка тегов
      
 
      Before inserting tags you must know whether it is a standalone tag or two paired tags.
      
 
 
@@ -2271,7 +2272,7 @@ 
      Inserting tags
      
 
      You can also insert a tag one by one with shortcut Ctrl+T.
      
-
      The following video shows how to handle tags, enjoy :
      
+
      В следующем видео показана работа с тегами. Приятного просмотра .
      
 
      
 
      
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/alt/index.html b/ru/exercises/alt/index.html
index 3c74fd13..3c20e983 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/alt/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/alt/index.html
@@ -2146,33 +2146,37 @@
 
      That is convenient in many cases, but not always. Sometimes you'll have to prevent auto-propagation. To do that, you must create an alternative translation.
      
 
      Упражнение 06.1: создание альтернативного перевода
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #16 in the project.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #16 in the project.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Pretty good
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
      
 
      
 
      Pretty good and Pretty bad in segments #16 and #17 in this context refer to "level of English" which is masculine in French. However, your translations ("Plutôt bonNE" and "Plutôt mauvaisE") refers to "situation economique", which is feminine.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      You want to modify the translation in segments #16 and #17 to make it masculine, so that it agrees with "level" in French.
      
 
      Follow these three simple but VERY IMPORTANT steps:
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: Also available if you right-click the segment.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Modify the translation to make it masculine
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Modify the translation to make it masculine
      
 
      
 
      Just remove the last character if you don't know French
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
 
      
diff --git a/ru/exercises/aut/index.html b/ru/exercises/aut/index.html
index 5b7f343f..edf97e21 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/aut/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/aut/index.html
@@ -2184,51 +2184,61 @@ 
      Exercise 07.1: use a known a
 -->
 
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #72 and read the source text.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #72 and read the source text.
      
 
      
 
      Target text reads Le dioxyde de carbone (CO2) se dissout dans l'eau de mer pour former de l'acide carbonique.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
      
 
      
 
      A subscript number should be used instead of a regular digit.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Notice how the auto-completer window opens showing the autotext entry.
        4. 
-
      4. Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
        5. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
      
 
      
 
      The result should be: CO₂
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      In this exercise you have used an autotext shortcut that you knew already. In the following exercises you'll find out an autotext entry that you don't know.
      
 
      Exercise 07.2: find special character in the list of autotext entries
      
 
      In this exercise, you must insert the multiplication symbol but you don't know what autotext entry you can use.
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #74
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #74
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Thermal conductivity coefficient <br/>(W/m × K)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Open the list of available shortcuts here.
        2. 
-
      2. Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Open the list of available shortcuts here.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
      
 
      
 
      You can use either \times or \x (how lucky, this one is shorter!)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Translate segment #74 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Translate segment #74 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. To translate the part in parenthesis, type \x (or \times) between W/m and K. 
        4. 
 
      4. Notice how the auto-completer opens when you typed the autotext shortcut.
        5. 
-
      5. Press Enter to insert the caracter.
        6. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to insert the caracter.
      
 
      
 
      Result should be: W/m × K
      
 Incorrect translation: W/m x K
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
      
 
      Info
      
@@ -2237,19 +2247,23 @@ 
      Exe
 
      Exercise 07.3: insert special character from the character table
      
 
      Remember the auto-completer? You used it to insert tags. You'll use it again now to insert a special character.
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #75
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #75
      
 
      
 
      Target text reads: “La densité de population est de 62 personnes par km2 en 2023.”
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Character table”.
        4. 
-
      4. Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
        5. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
      
 
      
 
      The result should be: km²
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
      
 
      Совет
      
@@ -2263,28 +2277,28 @@ 
      Exercise 07.4: insert speci
 
      French uses special quotation marks, called angle quotes or "chevrons". You can use autotext to insert them.
      
 
        
 
      1. Go to segment #77.
        2. 
-
      2. Look at the translation of segment #76 and notice how the angle quotes are used there.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Look at the translation of segment #76 and notice how the angle quotes are used there.
      
 
      
 
      L'eau est « saturée » si...
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Translate segment #77.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Translate segment #77.
      
 
      
 
      You can use the exact match that appears in the Matches pane.
      
 
      
-
        
+
 
      1. 
 
        Type autotext shortcut << before "insaturée" to insert character « followed by a non-breaking space.
        
 
        2. 
 
      2. 
 
        Type autotext shortcut >> after "insaturée" to insert character « preceded by a non-breaking space.
        
-
        3. 
-
      
 
      
 
      Expected results: « insaturée »
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/fnd/index.html b/ru/exercises/fnd/index.html
index 306a1ff6..87cc45bb 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/fnd/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/fnd/index.html
@@ -2169,11 +2169,13 @@ 
      Exercise 08.1: search for
 
    • Notice how the word "translator" is already filled in in the search box.
      • 
 
    • Check option "Translated" so that you will only find translated segments.
      • 
 
    • Check box "TMs" under "Search in" to search in the translations memories.
      • 
-
    • Press the Search button.
      • 
-
+
    • 
+
      Press the Search button.
      
 
      
 
      Expected result: traducteur
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
 
      Exercise 08.2: search for a segment identifier
      
@@ -2182,14 +2184,12 @@ 
      Exercise 08.2: search for
 
    • Press Ctrl+F to open the Text Search dialog unless it's already open.
      • 
 
    • 
 
      Check option:
      
-
      • 
-
    • 
-
      In comments
      
+
        
+
      • In comments
        • 
+
      
 
      • 
 
    • 
 
      Type 123abc in the search box, and press Search.
      
-
      • 
-
 
      
 
      Expected results:
      
 
      
@@ -2198,6 +2198,8 @@ 
      Exercise 08.2: search for
 # name = 123abc
      
 
      
 
      
+
+
 
 
      
 
      Info
      
@@ -2215,27 +2217,22 @@ 
      Exercise 08.3: search for some
 
    • Press Ctrl+F to open the Text Search dialog.
      • 
 
    • 
 
      Check options:
      
-
      • 
-
    • 
-
      Exact search
      
-
      • 
+
        
+
      • Exact search
        • 
 
      • In source
        • 
 
      • All matching segments
        • 
-
      • 
-
        Search in: Memory
        
+
      • Search in: Memory
        • 
+
      
 
 
    • 
 
      Do not check options:
      
+
        
+
      • Search in: TMs
        • 
+
      
+
 
      • 
 
    • 
-
      Search in: TMs
      
-
      • 
-
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Type Rather satisfied in the search box, and press Search.
        2. 
-
      
+
      Type Rather satisfied in the search box, and press Search.
      
 
      
 
      Expected results:
      
 
        
@@ -2244,12 +2241,14 @@ 
        Exercise 08.3: search for some
 
      • 37> Plutôt satisfait
        • 
 
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather satisfied" that was not translated consistenly.
        2. 
-
      
+
+
    • 
+
      Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather satisfied" that was not translated consistenly.
      
 
      
 
      Can you see which translation is inconsistent?
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      
 
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/index.html b/ru/exercises/index.html
index ae57ab73..fadc258f 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/index.html
@@ -2090,9 +2090,9 @@ 
      Get your projectproject_task_fr-ZZ_offline_omt.omt. 
 
    • 
 
      Unpack that project from OmegaT:
      
-
      • 
-
    • 
-
      Project > Unpack project from OMT file...
      
+
        
+
      • Project > Unpack project from OMT file...
        • 
+
      
 
      • 
 
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/mat/index.html b/ru/exercises/mat/index.html
index 1ccc5434..bf0fb4ed 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/mat/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/mat/index.html
@@ -2225,19 +2225,21 @@
 
      
 
      Exercise 02.1: translate from scratch
      
 
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads Welcome to this survey!
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Translate segment #1.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Translate segment #1.
      
 
      
 
      Suggested translation: Bienvenue à cette enquète !
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Enter to go to the next segment.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Enter to go to the next segment.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
      Exercise 02.2: pretranslated and locked
      
 
      
@@ -2245,20 +2247,24 @@ 
      Exercise 02.2: pretranslated and
 
      
 
        
 
      1. Notice how this segment is pretranslated.
        2. 
-
      2. Notice that it has an orange background. That means that this is an enforced translation.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Notice that it has an orange background. That means that this is an enforced translation.
      
 
      
 
      In other words, the translation is not editable.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Make some edits to modify the translation.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Make some edits to modify the translation.
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Press F5 to reload the project.
        4. 
 
      4. Notice how your edits are now gone.
        5. 
-
      5. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        6. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #3.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
 
      Exercise 02.3: insert match and update it
      
@@ -2269,55 +2275,63 @@ 
      Exercise 02.3: insert match and
 
    • Notice that there's a fuzzy match you can use.
      • 
 
    • Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      • 
 
    • Looking at the match in the Matches pane, notice the difference between the new source text and the source text in "tracked changes".
      • 
-
    • Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      • 
-
+
    • 
+
      Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: Replace sanitaire with économique.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #5.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Exercise 02.4: insert match and update it
      
 
        
-
      1. Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over segment #4, which was already translated.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over segment #4, which was already translated.
      
 
      
 
      You're in segment #5.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. There is a 50% match that you could use. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
        2. 
-
      2. Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      There is a 50% match that you could use. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: delete Très and change the case of the first letter.
      
 
      Expected result: Bon
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #6.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Exercise 02.5: insert exact match
      
 
      
 
      You're in segment #6.
      
 
      
 
        
 
      1. Notice that there's an exact match which you can use as is. Your lucky day!
        2. 
-
      2. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      
 
      
 
      There's nothing else to do this time :)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #7.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Exercise 02.6: select text and insert
      
 
      
 
      You're in segment #7.
      
@@ -2327,36 +2341,40 @@ 
      Exercise 02.6: select text and inse
 
    • See what is the part that can be used in the first match.
      • 
 
    • Press Ctrl+2 to select the second match.
      • 
 
    • See what is the part that can be used in the second match.
      • 
-
    • Press Ctrl+1 to select the first match again.
      • 
-
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+1 to select the first match again.
      
 
      
 
      Alternate between Ctrl+1 and Ctrl+2 to highlight the differences in each match.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. With your mouse, select Très in match #1.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      With your mouse, select Très in match #1.
      
 
      
 
      The translation of "very" in the first match is something you can use.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.
        2. 
-
      2. With your mouse, select mauvais in match #2.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      With your mouse, select mauvais in match #2.
      
 
      
 
      You can also use the translation of "bad" in the second match.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+I to insert your selection.
      
 
      
 
      Expected result: très mauvais
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #8.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Exercise 02.7: select a match and insert it
      
 
      
 
      You're now in segment #8.
      
@@ -2380,30 +2398,34 @@ 
      Exercise 02.9: almost identical mat
 
      You're in segment #11.
      
 
      
 
        
-
      1. Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over the two pretranslated segments.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Notice how pressing Ctrl+U has jumped over the two pretranslated segments.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads Welcome to this survey.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.
      
 
      
 
      The only difference is in the final punctuation.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.
        2. 
-
      2. Update the translation now.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Update the translation now.
      
 
      
 
      Replace the exclamation mark ! with a full stop .
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      That should take you to segment #12.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
@@ -2421,11 +2443,13 @@ 
      Exercise 02.10: insert match a
 
    • Notice that there's a fuzzy match you can use.
      • 
 
    • Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      • 
 
    • Looking at the match in the Matches pane, notice the difference between the new source text and the source text in "tracked changes".
      • 
-
    • Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      • 
-
+
    • 
+
      Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: Replace financière with économique
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Well done!
      
 
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/nav/index.html b/ru/exercises/nav/index.html
index 7e4bedf4..6598a3d3 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/nav/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/nav/index.html
@@ -2163,53 +2163,50 @@ 
      Exercise 01.1: moving through t
 -->
 
 
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads Welcome to this survey!
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Enter to move to the next segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to move to the next segment.
      
 
      
 
      You are now in segment #2.
      
 
      
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      You are now in segment #3.
      
 
      
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Press Enter twice in a row to go forward 2 segments.
        2. 
-
      
+
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter twice in a row to go forward 2 segments.
      
 
      
 
      You end up in segment #5.
      
 
      
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.
        2. 
-
      
+
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.
      
 
      
 
      You are now in segment #3.
      
 
      
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      You end up in segment #5 again.
      
 
      
-
-
-
        
-
      1. Notice that you have jumped segment #4, which is already translated (in pink).
        2. 
+
+
+
      2. 
+
        Notice that you have jumped segment #4, which is already translated (in pink).
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
 
      
@@ -2228,43 +2225,45 @@ 
      Exercise 01.2: movin
 
 
 
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter number 25 to go to segment #25.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+J and enter number 25 to go to segment #25.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with public transport where you live.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
      
 
      
 
      You are now on segment #30.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Enter to move the next segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to move the next segment.
      
 
      
 
      You are now on segment #31.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Oops, you haven't translated segment #30. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Oops, you haven't translated segment #30. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.
      
 
      
 
      You are now on segment #30 again.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with schools and other educational facilities where you live.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Double click on that segment.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Double click on that segment.
      
 
      
 
      You are now on segment #53.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
 
      
diff --git a/ru/exercises/qac/index.html b/ru/exercises/qac/index.html
index 22e460d5..59ffba82 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/qac/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/qac/index.html
@@ -2154,34 +2154,38 @@
 
      Exercise 09.1: check tag issues
      
 
        
 
      1. Open the QA checks dialog in Tools > Check for issues....
        2. 
-
      2. Uncheck all options except "Tag Issues"
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Uncheck all options except "Tag Issues"
      
 
      
 
      The "Tag Issues" check is mandatory, you cannot unselect it.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press "OK"
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press "OK"
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Notice that there is (at least) an issue about "Bad nesting".
        4. 
 
      4. Press the "Jump to segment" button.
        5. 
-
      5. OmegaT will open the segment with the issue.
        6. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      OmegaT will open the segment with the issue.
      
 
      
 
      You should be on segment #25
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Look at the tags and notice what the issue is about.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Look at the tags and notice what the issue is about.
      
 
      
 
      The order of tags is incorrect.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Remove the two tags and insert them again.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Remove the two tags and insert them again.
      
 
      
 
      Expected result: De manière générale, dites-moi si à quel point <g1>vous êtes satisfait</g1> avec les transports publics là où vous vivez.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press the "Refresh" button in the Issues dialog to confirm that the issue is gone.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press the "Refresh" button in the Issues dialog to confirm that the issue is gone.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
 
 
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 13 to go to segment #13.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+J and enter 13 to go to segment #13.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Pretty good
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice how the segment marker says that this segment is repeated three more times.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice how the segment marker says that this segment is repeated three more times.
      
 
      
 
      <segment 0013 +1 more ¶>.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Look at the Segment Properties pane. It says "Is duplicate: FIRST"
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Look at the Segment Properties pane. It says "Is duplicate: FIRST"
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Right click on the segment. See how all the instances are listed and identified by their segment number.
        4. 
 
      4. Select Segment 16 on the list to go to segment #16.
        5. 
 
      5. Look at the Segment Properties pane for segment #16. It says "Is duplicate: NEXT"
        6. 
@@ -2186,28 +2188,34 @@ 
        Exercise 05.1: recognize repea
 
        Exercise 05.2: auto-propagate translations
        
 
          
 
        1. Go to segment #12.
          2. 
-
        2. Translate segment #12. 
          3. 
-
        
+
      6. 
+
        Translate segment #12. 
        
 
        
 
        You can insert the match (Ctrl+I) and update it (replace financière with économique)
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Notice how "situation économique" is grammatically feminine in French.
          2. 
-
        2. Go to segment #13 and translate it. Suggested translation: Plutôt bonNE
          3. 
-
        
+
        7. 
+
      7. 
+
        Notice how "situation économique" is grammatically feminine in French.
        
+
        8. 
+
      8. 
+
        Go to segment #13 and translate it. Suggested translation: Plutôt bonNE
        
 
        
 
        The -NE ending is the feminine suffix, because "Good" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Press Enter after translating segment #13 to go to segment #14.
          2. 
+
+
        2. 
+
          Press Enter after translating segment #13 to go to segment #14.
          
+
          3. 
 
        3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #16.
          4. 
-
        4. Translate segment #14. Suggested translation: Plutôt mauvaisE
          5. 
-
        
+
      9. 
+
        Translate segment #14. Suggested translation: Plutôt mauvaisE
        
 
        
 
        The -E ending is the feminine suffix, because "Bad" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Press Enter after translating segment #14 to confirm the translation of segment #14 and go to the next segment.
          2. 
+
+
        2. 
+
          Press Enter after translating segment #14 to confirm the translation of segment #14 and go to the next segment.
          
+
          3. 
 
        3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #17.
          4. 
 
        
 
        Exercise 05.3: auto-propagate edits in translations
        
diff --git a/ru/exercises/tag/index.html b/ru/exercises/tag/index.html
index 03c71c25..b244b377 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/tag/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/tag/index.html
@@ -2189,64 +2189,75 @@
 
        
 
        Упражнение 04.1: вставка парных тегов
        
 
          
-
        1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 40 to go to segment #40, which is untranslated.
          2. 
-
        
+
      10. 
+
        Press Ctrl+J and enter 40 to go to segment #40, which is untranslated.
        
 
        
 
        Source text reads: Click <g1>Play</g1> to see it in action.
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Notice the two tags in the segment.
          2. 
-
        2. With your mouse, hover over the two tags and notice how the two tags are paired.
          3. 
-
        
+
        11. 
+
      11. 
+
        Notice the two tags in the segment.
        
+
        12. 
+
      12. 
+
        With your mouse, hover over the two tags and notice how the two tags are paired.
        
 
        
 
        The first tag stands for <strong> and the second tag stands for </strong>.
        
 
        
 
-
-
          
-
        1. Translate segment #40.
          2. 
-
        
+
        13. 
+
      13. 
+
        Translate segment #40.
        
 
        
 
        Suggested translation: Cliquez sur Jouer pour voir ça en action.
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "Play"
          2. 
-
        
+
        14. 
+
      14. 
+
        Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "Play"
        
 
        
 
        Tip: you should select Jouer
        
 
        
-
          
-
        1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.
          2. 
+
+
        2. 
+
          Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.
          
+
          3. 
 
        3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Missing tags” section.
          4. 
 
        4. The first option (i.e. <g1>|</g1>) is selected by default. Press Enter to insert tag pair.
          5. 
-
        5. Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.
          6. 
-
        
+
      15. 
+
        Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.
        
 
        
 
        Expected result: Cliquez sur <g1>Jouer</g1> pour le voir en action.
        
 
        
+
        16. 
+
      
 
      Well done!
      
 
      Exercise 04.2: see what tags stand for
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #41.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #41.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads if <x1/> sensor detects black
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.
        2. 
-
      2. Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.
      
 
      
 
      The tooltip should show {{ sensor_type }}
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Go to the next segment, #42.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Go to the next segment, #42.
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Notice how this segment has two standalone tags, not two paired tags!
        4. 
-
      4. Check what the two tags stand for.
        5. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Check what the two tags stand for.
      
 
      
 
      The tooltips should show {{ object1 }} and {{ object2 }}
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
      
 
      Предупреждение
      
@@ -2256,91 +2267,101 @@ 
      Exercise 04.3: insert standalone ta
 
        
 
      1. Go to segment #43.
        2. 
 
      2. Notice that the tag is missing in the translation.
        3. 
-
      3. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
        4. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: right at the end of the translation
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Go to segment #44.
        4. 
 
      4. Notice how the tag is also missing in this translation.
        5. 
-
      5. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
        6. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: click between tourner à droite jusqu'à ce que and le capteur détecte le noir
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
      Exercise 04.4: insert standalone tag as you translate
      
 
        
 
      1. Go to segment #45.
        2. 
 
      2. To translate the segment and insert the tag, proceed in this way:
        3. 
-
      3. Translate "repeat"
        4. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Translate "repeat"
      
 
      
 
      Suggested translation of the first part: répéter
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag
      
 
      
 
      Remember the shortcut to launch the auto-completer is Ctrl+Space.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Translate "times"
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Translate "times"
      
 
      
 
      Suggested translation of the second part: fois
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      You have inserted the tag as you made progress through the translation.
      
 
      Exercise 04.5: trigger the tag tooltip
      
 
 
 
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 48 to go to segment #48.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+J and enter 48 to go to segment #48.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: The translator had to pay attention to formatting such as <g1>bold</g1>, <g2>italics</g2>, <g3>underline</g3>.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: the tooltip should display HTML tags <strong>, <em>, <span class="underline"> etc.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
 
 
      Exercise 04.6: insert more tags
      
 
        
 
      1. Still in segment #48, press Ctrl+I to insert the fuzzy match.
        2. 
 
      2. Notice how most tags are missing in the translation.
        3. 
-
      3. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”
        4. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”
      
 
      
 
      Tip: le gras
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.
      
 
      
 
      The first line (i.e. <g1></g1>) is selected by default.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Enter to insert the tag pair that appears in the first line of the auto-completer.
        2. 
-
      2. Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to insert the tag pair that appears in the first line of the auto-completer.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text
      
 
      
 
      Results should be <g1>le gras</g1>
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Do the same for the translation of “italics”
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Do the same for the translation of “italics”
      
 
      
 
      Results should be <g2>l’italique</g2>
      
 
      
-
        
+
 
      1. 
 
        Notice how you cannot insert a tag pair around the translation of “underline” because closing tag </g3> is already inserted.
        
 
        2. 
@@ -2349,11 +2370,11 @@ 
        Exercise 04.6: insert more tagsCtrl+Space) to insert tag <g3>.
        
-
-
      
 
      
 
      Results should be <g3>le soulignement</g3>
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Well done!
      
 
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises/tgt/index.html b/ru/exercises/tgt/index.html
index c130a3f5..28f27f07 100644
--- a/ru/exercises/tgt/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises/tgt/index.html
@@ -2204,11 +2204,11 @@ 
      Steps
 
      • 
 
    • 
 
      Then click on the "New Local Project Folder" field.
      
-
      • 
-
 
      
 
      OmegaT will propose a location to clone the project in your machine, e.g. something like C:\Users\USER\project_task_fr-ZZ_omt (where USER is your username).
      
 
      
+
+
 
      The name of the project is highlighted in yellow in the screenshot below:
 
      
 
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/alt/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/alt/index.html
index 4dffdafb..a0c1b71e 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/alt/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/alt/index.html
@@ -1851,33 +1851,37 @@
 
      That is convenient in many cases, but not always. Sometimes you'll have to prevent auto-propagation. To do that, you must create an alternative translation.
      
 
      Упражнение 06.1: создание альтернативного перевода
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #5 in the project.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #5 in the project.
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Good
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Notice that it is translated with an auto-propagated translation.
      
 
      
 
      Good and Bad in segments #5 and #6 in this context refer to "level of English" which is masculine in French. However, your translation ("BonNE" and "MauvaisE") refers to "situation economique" and therefore is feminine.
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      You want to modify the translation in segments #16 and #17 to make it masculine, so that it agrees with "level" in French.
      
 
      Follow these three simple but VERY IMPORTANT steps:
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to Edit > Create Alternative Translation.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: Also available if you right-click the segment.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Modify the translation to make it masculine
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Modify the translation to make it masculine
      
 
      
 
      Just remove the last character if you don't know French
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+S to register the translation
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
 
      
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/aut/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/aut/index.html
index c89220dc..d08cd8c5 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/aut/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/aut/index.html
@@ -1865,54 +1865,64 @@ 
      Exercise 06.1: use a known a
 
      
 
      @quiz: what do you notice in segment #47 (@todo: complete)
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #47 and read the source text.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #47 and read the source text.
      
 
      
 
      Target text reads Le dioxyde de carbone (CO2) se dissout dans l'eau de mer pour former de l'acide carbonique.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
        2. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Delete number 2 in “CO2” (and keep the cursor right after "CO").
      
 
      
 
      A subscript number should be used instead of a regular digit.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        In that same position, type the autotext shortcut \sub2
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Notice how the auto-completer window opens showing the autotext entry.
        4. 
-
      4. Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
        5. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to insert the special character ₂.
      
 
      
 
      The result should be: CO₂
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      In this exercise you have used an autotext shortcut that you knew already. In the following exercises you'll find out an autotext entry that you don't know.
      
 
      Exercise 06.2: find special character in the list of autotext entries
      
 
      In this exercise, you must insert the multiplication symbol but you don't know what autotext entry you can use.
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #52
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #52
      
 
      
 
      Source text reads: Thermal conductivity coefficient <br/>(W/m × K)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Open the list of available shortcuts here.
        2. 
-
      2. Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
        3. 
-
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Open the list of available shortcuts here.
      
+
      • 
+
    • 
+
      Look for the autotext entry for the multiplication symbol.
      
 
      
 
      You can use either \times or \x (how lucky, this one is shorter!)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Translate segment #52 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Translate segment #52 as you like (don't forget the part in parentheses).
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. To translate the part in parenthesis, type \x (or \times) between W/m and K.
        4. 
 
      
 
 
        
 
      1. Notice how the auto-completer opens when you typed the autotext shortcut.
        2. 
-
      2. Press Enter to insert the caracter.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Enter to insert the caracter.
      
 
      
 
      Result should be: W/m × K
      
 Incorrect translation: W/m x K
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      
 
      Info
      
 
      You can find the list of autotext entries in OmegaT guides > Miscellanea > Autotext
      
@@ -1920,19 +1930,23 @@ 
      Exe
 
      Exercise 06.3: insert special character from the character table
      
 
      Remember the auto-completer? You used it to insert tags. You'll use it again now to insert a special character.
      
 
        
-
      1. Go to segment #49
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Go to segment #49
      
 
      
 
      Target text reads: “La densité de population est de 62 personnes par km2 en 2023.”
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Delete number 2 in “km2” (and keep your cursor right after “km”).
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Character table”.
        4. 
-
      4. Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
        5. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Spot the relevant character ² and double click on it to insert it.
      
 
      
 
      The result should be: km²
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      
 
      Совет
      
 
      You could have inserted character ² with shortcut \sup2 (where "suP" stands for superscript or superindex or superordinate).
      
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/fnd/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/fnd/index.html
index cae60e8b..48be31da 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/fnd/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/fnd/index.html
@@ -1851,13 +1851,15 @@
 
 
      Using the search function, try to find the following segments in the project:
      
 
        
-
      1. Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather unsatisfied" that was not translated consistenly.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Notice that here is one instance of the repeated segment "Rather unsatisfied" that was not translated consistenly.
      
 
      
 
      @quiz: can you find it?
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Find the segment with "How" in a note.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Find the segment with "How" in a note.
        
+
        3. 
 
      3. Try to find the translation of "translator" in the translation memories.
        4. 
 
      4. Find "Subject", but only if it has a translation.
        5. 
 
      • 
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/mat/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/mat/index.html
index 47ae2529..8b83a218 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/mat/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/mat/index.html
@@ -1851,13 +1851,15 @@
 @todo: update numbers or remove them
      
 
      Exercise 02.1: translate from scratch
      
 
        
-
      1. Translate segment #1.
        2. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Translate segment #1.
      
 
      
 
      Suggested translation: Bienvenue à cette enquète.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #2.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #2.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
      Exercise 02.2: insert match and update it
      
 
      You're in segment #2.
      
@@ -1865,36 +1867,42 @@ 
      Exercise 02.2: insert match and
 
    • Notice that there's a fuzzy match you can use.
      • 
 
    • Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      • 
 
    • Looking at the Matches pane, notice that there's a difference between the new source text and the source text in the match.
      • 
-
    • Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      • 
-
+
    • 
+
      Update the inserted translation so that it corresponds to the source text you're translating.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: Replace financiere with économique.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #3.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #3.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
      Exercise 02.3: insert exact match
      
 
      You're in segment #3.
      
 
        
 
      1. Notice that there's an exact match which you can use as is.
        2. 
-
      2. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      
 
      
 
      There's nothing else to do this time :)
      
 
      
-
        
-
      1. Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #4.
        2. 
+
+
      2. 
+
        Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #4.
        
+
        3. 
 
      
 
      Exercise 02.4: insert match and update it
      
 
      You're in segment #4. Your previous translation is now a 50% match that you could use.
      
 
        
 
      1. Press Ctrl+I to insert the 50% match.
        2. 
-
      2. Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.
        3. 
-
      
+
    • 
+
      Now update the translation so that it corresponds to the source text.
      
 
      
 
      Tip: delete bon, type mauvaise
      
 
      Expected result: Plutôt mauvaise
      
 
      
+
      • 
+
 
      Exercise 02.5: pretranslated and editable
      
 
      You're still in segment #4.
      
 
        
@@ -1908,18 +1916,22 @@ 
        Exercise 02.6: almost identical mat
 
        Source text reads Welcome to this survey!
        
 
    
 
      
-
    1. Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Notice how this segment is almost identical to the first segment you translated.
    
 
    
 
    The only difference is in the final punctuation.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.
      2. 
-
    2. Update the translation now.
      3. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+I to insert the match.
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Update the translation now.
    
 
    
 
    Replace final dot . with exclamation mark !
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    Exercise 02.7: pretranslated and locked
    
 
    You're still in segment #8.
    
 
      
@@ -1935,20 +1947,24 @@ 
      Exercise 02.8: select matchCtrl+J and enter number 15 to go to segment #15.
 
    1. Notice that this segment is pretranslated.
      2. 
-
    2. Go to segment #16.
      3. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Go to segment #16.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads Good
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Notice how the Matches pane presents two matches you could use.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Notice how the Matches pane presents two matches you could use.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Press Ctrl+2 to select the second match (match #2).
      4. 
 
    4. Press Ctrl+I to insert the selected match (match #2).
      5. 
-
    5. Delete plutôt and change the case.
      6. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Delete plutôt and change the case.
    
 
    
 
    Expected result: Bon
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
 
 
    
@@ -1961,23 +1977,27 @@ 
    Exercise 02.9: insert selectionCtrl+U to go to segment #17.
 
  • Select "mauvaise" in the fuzzy match
    • 
 
  • Now press Ctrl+I to insert the selected text
    • 
-
  • Update the match.
    • 
-
+
  • 
+
    Update the match.
    
 
    
 
    Change case of m to M
    
 
    Expected result: Mauvaisç
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    Exercise 02.10:
    
 
      
 
    1. Press Ctrl+U to go to segment #18.
      2. 
 
    2. Press Ctrl+2, then press Ctrl+3, as many times as you want.
      3. 
 
    3. Notice how match #2 and match #3 get seleted when you press the shortcuts above.
      4. 
-
    4. Select one and insert it, then updated it.
      5. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Select one and insert it, then updated it.
    
 
    
 
    Here you're free to update the fuzzy match as you like.
    
 
    Expected resul: Très mauvais
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    
 
    Recap
    
 
    To recap, the available options are:
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/nav/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/nav/index.html
index 97a9c953..c35371bd 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/nav/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/nav/index.html
@@ -1861,53 +1861,50 @@ 
    Exercise 01.1
 
 
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+J and enter 1 to go to segment #1.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads Welcome to this survey.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Enter to move to the next segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Enter to move to the next segment.
    
 
    
 
    You are now in segment #2.
-   
-
    
+
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+U to move to the next untranslated segment.
    
 
    
 
    You are now in segment #3.
-   
-
    
+
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Enter three times in a row to go forward 3 segments.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Enter three times in a row to go forward 3 segments.
    
 
    
 
    You end up in segment #6.
-   
-
    
+
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+Enter twice in a row to go backwards 2 segments.
    
 
    
 
    You are now in segment #4.
-   
-
    
+
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+U once to go to the next untranslated segment.
    
 
    
 
    You end up in segment #6 again.
-   
-
    
+
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Notice that you have jumped segment #5, which is already translated (in pink).
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Notice that you have jumped segment #5, which is already translated (in pink).
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
    
 
    Совет
    
@@ -1925,43 +1922,45 @@ 
    Exercise 01.2
 
 
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter number 53 to go to segment #53.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+J and enter number 53 to go to segment #53.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with public transport where you live.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+U to jump to the next untranslated segment.
    
 
    
 
    You are now on segment #58.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Enter to move the next segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Enter to move the next segment.
    
 
    
 
    You are now on segment #59.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Oops, you haven't translated segment #58. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Oops, you haven't translated segment #58. Press Ctrl+Enter to go back to it.
    
 
    
 
    You are now on segment #58 again.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Scroll down until you see another untranslated segment in that file.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads: Generally speaking, please tell me <g1>how satisfied</g1> you are with schools and other educational facilities where you live.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Double click on that segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Double click on that segment.
    
 
    
 
    You are now on segment #63.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press keyboard shortcut Ctrl+J and enter number 1 to go to segment number #1.
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
    
 
    Recap
    
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/rec/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/rec/index.html
index 37a29c32..91f4555c 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/rec/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/rec/index.html
@@ -1859,13 +1859,15 @@ 
    Getting startedExercise 04.01: inserting one match
    
 
      
-
    1. Go to segment #62 and read it. Here comes a story for you.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Go to segment #62 and read it. Here comes a story for you.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads Once upon a time there was a reconciler who worked in OmegaT.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. You have one exact match. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      You have one exact match. Press Ctrl+I to insert it.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Easy start. Now press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      4. 
 
    4. Read segment #63.
      5. 
 
    5. You have one exact match. Press Ctrl+I to translate the segment with that match.
      6. 
@@ -1884,14 +1886,14 @@ 
      Exercise 04.02: selecting the match
 
    6. Read segment #64.
      7. 
 
    7. Notice that now you can see two matches because "translation 1" and "translation 2" are different now.
      8. 
-
    8. You want to use the first translation (selected by default). Press Ctrl+I to insert match #1.
      9. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    You want to use the first translation (selected by default). Press Ctrl+I to insert match #1.
    
 
    
 
    Translation reads Parfois, l'une des deux traductions était bonne, et l'autre était mauvaise, donc le choix était clair.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
    
 
    
 
    You're now on segment #65.
 11. Read segment #65.
@@ -1899,8 +1901,10 @@ 
    Exercise 04.02: selecting the matchCtrl+I to insert it.
    
 
    Translation reads D'autres fois, la première traduction était mauvaise, mais la seconde était bonne, donc le choix était également clair.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
    Exersise 04.03: editing the inserted translation
    
 
    
@@ -1909,13 +1913,15 @@ 
    Exersise 04.03: editing
 
      
 
    1. Read segment #66.
      2. 
 
    2. Press Ctrl+I to insert the exiting match.
      3. 
-
    3. Edit the translation to make it a good translation.
      4. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Edit the translation to make it a good translation.
    
 
    
 
    Tip: Remove the excessive SSs in parfoisSSs.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Ctrl+U to move to the next unreconciled segment.
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
    Exercise 04.03: assembling fragments
    
 
    
@@ -1925,11 +1931,13 @@ 
    Exercise 04.03: assembling fragments
 
  • In match #1, select Et encore d'autres fois, la première traduction avait une partie qui était bonne,
    • 
 
  • Press Ctrl+I to insert the text you have selected.
    • 
 
  • In match #2, select , mais l'autre partie était meilleure dans la deuxième traduction, ou vice versa, donc il fallait les combiner les combiner.
    • 
-
  • Press Ctrl+I to insert the text you have selected now.
    • 
-
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+I to insert the text you have selected now.
    
 
    
 
    Expected result: Et encore d'autres fois, la première traduction avait une partie qui était bonne, mais l'autre partie était meilleure dans la deuxième traduction, ou vice versa, donc il fallait les combiner les combiner.
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    You have combined two parts of two translations to create one single reconciled version. Congrats!
    
 
    Finally
    
 
    Please remember to restore the default threshold to show matches:
    
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/rep/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/rep/index.html
index 695da5a3..db40d36e 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/rep/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/rep/index.html
@@ -1849,11 +1849,13 @@
 
    05 Repetitions
    
 
    Exercise 05.1: notice repeated segments
    
 
      
-
    1. Go to segment #3.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Go to segment #3.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads: Pretty good
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    
 
    ←TODO
    
 
    
@@ -1864,27 +1866,31 @@ 
    Exercise 05.1: notice repeated se
 
  • Right click on the segment. See how all the instances are listed and identified by their segment number.
    • 
 
  • Select Segment 6 on the list to go to segment #6.
    • 
 
  • Look at the Segment Properties pane for segment #6. It says "Is duplicate: NEXT"
-   !!! note inline end "←TODO"
-   @quiz: some question about FIRST and NEXT (feedback welcome)
    • 
+    !!! note inline end "←TODO"
+    @quiz: some question about FIRST and NEXT (feedback welcome)
    • 
 
  • Right click on segment #6 to see instances listed again, go back to segment #3 again.
    • 
 
 
    Exercise 05.2: auto-propagate translations
    
 
      
-
    1. Translate segment #2. Suggested translation: "BonNE"
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Translate segment #2. Suggested translation: "BonNE"
    
 
    
 
    -NE ending: feminine suffix, because "Good" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Enter after translating segment #2 to go to segment #3.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Enter after translating segment #2 to go to segment #3.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #5.
      4. 
-
    4. Translate segment #3. Suggested translation: "MauvaisE"
      5. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Translate segment #3. Suggested translation: "MauvaisE"
    
 
    
 
    -E ending: feminine suffix, because "Bad" here refers to "economic situation", which is feminine in French
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Enter after translating segment #3 to confirm the translation of segment #3 and go to the next segment.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Enter after translating segment #3 to confirm the translation of segment #3 and go to the next segment.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Notice how the translation is auto-propagated to segment #6.
      4. 
 
    
 
    Exercise 05.3: auto-propagate edits in translations
    
diff --git a/ru/exercises_02/tag/index.html b/ru/exercises_02/tag/index.html
index b4b890d5..bdcc47d1 100644
--- a/ru/exercises_02/tag/index.html
+++ b/ru/exercises_02/tag/index.html
@@ -1854,78 +1854,90 @@
 
    • 
 
    Exercise 04.1: insert tags
    
 
      
-
    1. Go to segment #10, which is untranslated.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Go to segment #10, which is untranslated.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads: There are no <g1>right</g1> answers. 
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Notice the two tags in the segment.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Notice the two tags in the segment.
    
 
    
 
    @quiz: what do you think these are? How to we handle them: should we ignore them or reproduce them in the translation? @todo: move to quiz or remove
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Translate segment #10.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Translate segment #10.
    
 
    
 
    Suggested translation: Il n’y a pas de bonne réponse.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "right"
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Select the part of the translation that corresponds to "right"
    
 
    
 
    Tip: you should select bonne
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Ctrl+Space to open the auto-completer.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Press Ctrl+Space several times to cycle through all the sections in the auto-completer. Stop when you reach the “Missing tags” section.
      4. 
 
    4. The first option (i.e. <g1>|</g1>) is selected by default. Press Enter to insert tag pair.
      5. 
-
    5. Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.
      6. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Notice how the two paired tags are inserted around the selected text in the translation.
    
 
    
 
    Expected result: Il n’y a pas de <g1>bonne</g1> réponse.
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    Well done!
    
 
    Exercise 04.2: trigger the tag tooltip
    
 
 
 
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 55 to go to segment #55.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+J and enter 55 to go to segment #55.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads: The translator had to pay attention to formatting such as <g1>bold</g1>, <g2>italics</g2>, <g3>underline</g3>.
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Hover over the tags with your mouse to display a tooltip that shows the line code the tags stand for.
    
 
    
 
    Tip: the tooltip should display HTML tags <strong>, <em>, <span class="underline"> etc.
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
 
 
    Exercise 04.3: see what standalone tags stand for
    
 
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+J and enter 75 to go to segment #75.
      2. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Press Ctrl+J and enter 75 to go to segment #75.
    
 
    
 
    Source text reads if <x1/> sensor detects black
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.
      2. 
-
    2. Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.
      3. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Notice how the segment contains one standalone tag.
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Hover over the tag to see what the tag stands for.
    
 
    
 
    The tooltip should show {{ sensor_type }}
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Go to the next segment, #76
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Go to the next segment, #76
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Notice how this segment has two standalone tags, not two paired tags!
      4. 
-
    4. Check what the two tags stand for.
      5. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Check what the two tags stand for.
    
 
    
 
    The tooltips should show {{ object1 }} and {{ object2 }}
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    
 
    Предупреждение
    
 
    The difference between two standalone tags and two paired tags is very important.
    
@@ -1934,73 +1946,83 @@ 
    Exercise 04.4: insert standalone ta
 
      
 
    1. Go to segment #77.
      2. 
 
    2. Notice that the tag is missing in the translation.
      3. 
-
    3. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      4. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
    
 
    
 
    Tip: right at the end of the translation
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Ctrl+Space to launch the auto-completer and insert the tag.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. Go to segment #78.
      4. 
 
    4. Notice how the tag is also missing in this translation.
      5. 
-
    5. Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
      6. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Place the mouse cursor in the position where you would like to insert the tag.
    
 
    
 
    Tip: click between tourner à droite jusqu'à ce que and le capteur détecte le noir
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag.
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
    Exercise 04.5: insert standalone tag as you translate
    
 
      
 
    1. Go to segment #79.
      2. 
 
    2. To translate the segment and insert the tag, proceed in this way:
      3. 
-
    3. Translate "repeat"
      4. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Translate "repeat"
    
 
    
 
    Suggested translation of the first part: répéter
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Use the auto-completer to insert the missing tag
    
 
    
 
    Remember the shortcut to launche the auto-completer is Ctrl+Space
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Translate "times"
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Translate "times"
    
 
    
 
    Suggested translation of the second part: fois
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
    You have inserted the tag as you made progress through the translation.
    
 
    Exercise 04.6: insert more tags
    
 
      
 
    1. Still in segment #39, notice how most tags are missing in the translation.
      2. 
-
    2. Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”
      3. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Select the part of the translation that corresponds to “bold”
    
 
    
 
    Tip: le gras
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Press Ctrl+Space to open the "Missing tags" section in the auto-completer.
      
+
      3. 
 
    3. The first line (i.e. <g1></g1>) is selected by default. Press Enter to insert that tag pair.
      4. 
-
    4. Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text
      5. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Notice how the tags have been inserted around the selected text
    
 
    
 
    Results should be <g1>le gras</g1>
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Do the same for the translation of “italics”
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Do the same for the translation of “italics”
    
 
    
 
    Tip: l’italique
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Do the same for the translation of “underline”
      2. 
-
    
+
    • 
+
  • 
+
    Do the same for the translation of “underline”
    
 
    
 
    Tip: le soulignement
    
 
    
+
    • 
+
 
 
 
 
diff --git a/ru/misc/autotext/index.html b/ru/misc/autotext/index.html
index 20721109..b22f1263 100644
--- a/ru/misc/autotext/index.html
+++ b/ru/misc/autotext/index.html
@@ -2097,16 +2097,16 @@
 
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
@@ -2331,77 +2331,77 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -2646,37 +2646,37 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
diff --git a/ru/misc/faq/index.html b/ru/misc/faq/index.html
index a237c7f1..4786ea4a 100644
--- a/ru/misc/faq/index.html
+++ b/ru/misc/faq/index.html
@@ -2326,11 +2326,13 @@ 
    How can I correct a
 
    Yes. Please follow these steps:
    
 
      
 
    1. Go to Project > Access Project contents > Glossaries to access your writeable glossary file. The Glossaries folder will open, which contains a file named glossary.txt.
      2. 
-
    2. Open it in your plain text editor (e.g. Notepad):
      3. 
-
    
+
  • 
+
    Open it in your plain text editor (e.g. Notepad):
    
 
    
-
      
-
    1. Correct any term that contains an error and Save the file.
      2. 
+
+
    2. 
+
      Correct any term that contains an error and Save the file.
      
+
      3. 
 
    
 
 
    
diff --git a/ru/misc/hidden/index.html b/ru/misc/hidden/index.html
index 150966e0..5b2cbf7f 100644
--- a/ru/misc/hidden/index.html
+++ b/ru/misc/hidden/index.html
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ 
    OmegaT versionInstallation and configuration
    
+
    Установка и конфигурация
    
 
    Notice that the setup process to get you started consists of two steps:
    
 
      
 
    1. Installing OmegaT
      2. 
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ 
      1.1. Download installerPlease download the cApStAn-signed OmegaT 6.1 installer from here.
      
 
      
-
      You must have a 64-bit machine to install this version of OmegaT.  
      
+
      You must have a 64-bit machine to install this version of OmegaT. Если требуется установка на 32-разрядном компьютере, свяжитесь с нашей службой поддержки. 
      
 
      
 
      It's a safe download, even if your browser might not trust the file.
      
 
      1.2. Install OmegaT
      
@@ -1891,53 +1891,49 @@ 
      1.2. Install OmegaT
-
-
 
      
 
      That will show information about the application and the publisher. You can be confidently press the Run anyway button as long as you see the publisher is cApStAn.
      
 
      
-
        
+
 
      • 
 
        If you see the following screen, click on "Yes":
        
 
-
        • 
-
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • Choose (or keep) English as the language of the installation:
        • 
-
      
+
+
    2. 
+
      Choose (or keep) English as the language of the installation:
      
 
      
-    
      
-
        
-
      • Please also use English as the language of the OmegaT user interface:
        • 
-
      
+
      
+
      3. 
+
    3. 
+
      Please also use English as the language of the OmegaT user interface:
      
 
      
-    
      
-
        
-
      • In the License Agreement screen, please select "I accept the agreement” and click “Next”:
        • 
-
      
+
      
+
      4. 
+
    4. 
+
      In the License Agreement screen, please select "I accept the agreement” and click “Next”:
      
 
      
-
        
+
 
      • 
 
        In all the next dialogs, just press “Next” to use the default options until you reach the Ready to Install screen.
        
 
        • 
 
      • 
 
        We recommend that you do not change the default installation path, just click Next in this screen:
        
-
        • 
-
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • We also recommend that you create a desktop shortcut (if that's a useful way for you to run OmegaT):
        • 
-
      
+
      5. 
+
    5. 
+
      We also recommend that you create a desktop shortcut (if that's a useful way for you to run OmegaT):
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • In the Ready to Install screen, click on “Install”.
        • 
-
      
+
      6. 
+
    6. 
+
      In the Ready to Install screen, click on “Install”.
      
 
      
-
        
-
      • When the installation is finalized, you will see the last screen:
        • 
-
      
+
      7. 
+
    7. 
+
      When the installation is finalized, you will see the last screen:
      
 
      
+
      8. 
+
 
      After that, you'll be able to run OmegaT from the OmegaT desktop shortcut icon (if you have created one) or from the applications menu.
      
 
      1.3. Configure OmegaT
      
 
      To configure OmegaT, please do:
      
diff --git a/ru/misc/shortcuts/index.html b/ru/misc/shortcuts/index.html
index bdfe3476..8f10c89a 100644
--- a/ru/misc/shortcuts/index.html
+++ b/ru/misc/shortcuts/index.html
@@ -2093,46 +2093,46 @@
 
 
 
      Сочетания клавиш
      
-
      OmegaT shortcuts
      
-
      Here is a table summarizing all functions you need to remember to work in OmegaT. Shortcuts (keyboard combinations) are provided if they are frequently used.
      
+
      Сочетания клавиш в OmegaT
      
+
      Ниже приведена таблица с описанием всех функций, которые необходимо помнить при работе в OmegaT. В таблице представлены наиболее часто используемые сочетания (комбинации) клавиш.
      
 
    • 
 
 
    ShorcutCharacterDescriptionСокращениеСимволОписание
 
    
     
 
 
    
 \lq
 “upper left double quotation mark (U+201C)верхняя левая двойная кавычка (U+201C)
 
    
 
    
 \rq
    
 \ne
 ≠does not equalне равно
 
    
 
    
 \approx
 ≈approximately equal toприблизительно равно
 
    
 
    
 \emptyset
 ∅empty setпустое множество
 
    
 
    
 \sqrt
 √square root (U+221A)квадратный корень (U+221A)
 
    
 
    
 \deg
 °degreeградус
 
    
 
    
 \infty
 ∞infinityбесконечность
 
    
 
    
 \copyright
 ©copyright symbolсимвол авторского права
 
    
 
    
 \smalle
 ᵉmodifier letter small e (U+1D49)буква-модификатор строчная e (U+1D49)
 
    
 
    
 \Omegat
 ΩGreek capital letter omega / Ohmгреческая заглавная буква омега / Ом
 
    
 
    
 \pound
 £pound currencyзнак фунта стерлингов
 
    
 
    
 \euro
 €euro currencyзнак евро
 
    
 
    
 \cent
 ¢cent (U+00A2)знак цента (U+00A2)
 
    
 
    
 \yen
 ¥yen (U+00A5)знак йены (U+00A5)
 
    
 
    
 \ordf
 ªfeminine ordinal indicator (U+00AA)порядковый показатель женского рода (U+00AA)
 
    
 
    
 \ordm
 ºmasculine ordinal indicator (U+00BA)порядковый показатель мужского рода (U+00BA)
 
    
 
    
 \shy
    
 \sub3
 ₃subscript 3 (U+2083)подстрочная 3 (U+2083)
 
    
 
    
 \sub4
 ₄subscript 4 (U+2084)подстрочная 4 (U+2084)
 
    
 
    
 \sub5
 ₅subscript 5 (U+2085)подстрочная 5 (U+2085)
 
    
 
    
 \sub6
 ₆subscript 6 (U+2086)подстрочная 6 (U+2086)
 
    
 
    
 \sub7
 ₇subscript 7 (U+2087)подстрочная 7 (U+2087)
 
    
 
    
 \sub8
 ₈subscript 8 (U+2088)подстрочная 8 (U+2088)
 
    
 
    
 \sub9
 ₉subscript 9 (U+2089)подстрочная 9 (U+2089)
 
    
 
    
 \subs
    
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
+
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -2145,34 +2145,34 @@ 
    OmegaT shortcuts
    Ctrl+Shift+S
    
+
    
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
    
 
 
    ShortcutActionFunctionСочетаниеДействиеФункция
 
    
     
 
 
    
 Ctrl+LProject > Project FilesOpen the Project Files windowProject > Project Files (Проект > Файлы проекта)Открывается окно Project Files (Файлы проекта)
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+J
 Go To > Segment Number…Go to the segment thus numberedПереход к сегменту с указанным номером
 
    
 
    Ctrl+Space++ctrl+пробел++
 N/A
 Open the Auto-Completer and cycle through it (every time you press this shorcut, a different section of the auto-completer is available: tags. character table, etc.)
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+U
 Go To > Next Untranslated SegmentGo to the next untranslated segmentПереход к следующему непереведенному сегменту
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+T
 Edit > Insert Next Missing TagInsert the next missing tagВставка следующего отсутствующего тега
 
    
 
    
 Enter
 Go to Next SegmentПереход к следующему сегменту
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+I
    Ctrl+Shift+S    		
 
 Mark a segment as a translation identical to the source
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+Shift+V
 Tools > Check issuesRun the QA checksЗапуск проверок качества (QA)
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+Shift+D
 Project > Create Current Translated DocumentExport or generate the target file for the current documentСоздание переведенного файла для текущего переводимого документа
 
    
 
    
 Ctrl+D
 Project > Create Translated DocumentsExport or generate all target filesСоздание переведенных файлов для всех документов проекта
 
    
 
    
 N/A
 Project > Access Project Contents > …Go to the project foldersПереход к папке проекта
 
    
 
    
 Shift+F3
 Change capitalization of selected textИзменить регистр выделенного текста
 
    
     
 
    
diff --git a/ru/misc/tips/index.html b/ru/misc/tips/index.html
index 170c7281..66f1d943 100644
--- a/ru/misc/tips/index.html
+++ b/ru/misc/tips/index.html
@@ -2146,12 +2146,10 @@ 
    File organizationHow to copy-paste a URL
 
  • 
 
    Select the URL:
    
-
    • 
-
  • 
-
    To select the URL, click right before the first character of the URL and drag your mouse up to the end of the URL.
    
+
      
+
    • To select the URL, click right before the first character of the URL and drag your mouse up to the end of the URL.
      • 
+
    
 
    • 
 
  • 
 
    Copy the URL:
    
-
    • 
+
      
 
    • 
 
      When the whole URL is highlighted (which means that it's selected), press Ctrl+C in your keyboard.
      
 
      • 
 
    • 
 
      Alternatively, you may right-click the highlighted text and select Copy in the contextual menu that will appear. 
-      
      
+    
      
 
      • 
 
    • 
 
      When you copy text, it'll be stored in your clipboard.
      
 
      • 
-
    • 
-
      Paste the URL:
      
+
    
 
 
  • 
-
    Go to the location where you want to paste the URL and press Ctrl+V to insert it there.
    
+
    Paste the URL:
    
+
      
+
    • Go to the location where you want to paste the URL and press Ctrl+V to insert it there.
      • 
+
    
 
    • 
 
    
 
diff --git a/ru/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html b/ru/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html
index 3c277dff..6a18f2a4 100644
--- a/ru/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html
+++ b/ru/reconciliation/accessing-the-project/index.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
     
    
       
         
-        
+        
           Skip to content
         
       
@@ -1486,13 +1486,13 @@
     
      
       
         
    • 
-  
+  
     
-      Accessing a new project
+      Доступ к новому проекту
     
   
   
-